WO2023143048A1 - Material box stocktaking method and apparatus, dispatching device, robot, and warehousing system - Google Patents

Material box stocktaking method and apparatus, dispatching device, robot, and warehousing system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023143048A1
WO2023143048A1 PCT/CN2023/071558 CN2023071558W WO2023143048A1 WO 2023143048 A1 WO2023143048 A1 WO 2023143048A1 CN 2023071558 W CN2023071558 W CN 2023071558W WO 2023143048 A1 WO2023143048 A1 WO 2023143048A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
inventory
area
bin
unit
identification code
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/071558
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈锐东
章政
郑楷锋
庄栋军
佘俏
张沂阳
李文彬
邱海洋
Original Assignee
深圳市库宝软件有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210111556.2A external-priority patent/CN114348522B/en
Application filed by 深圳市库宝软件有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市库宝软件有限公司
Publication of WO2023143048A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023143048A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G1/00Storing articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines
    • B65G1/02Storage devices
    • B65G1/04Storage devices mechanical
    • B65G1/137Storage devices mechanical with arrangements or automatic control means for selecting which articles are to be removed
    • B65G1/1373Storage devices mechanical with arrangements or automatic control means for selecting which articles are to be removed for fulfilling orders in warehouses
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G1/00Storing articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines
    • B65G1/02Storage devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G1/00Storing articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines
    • B65G1/02Storage devices
    • B65G1/04Storage devices mechanical
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G1/00Storing articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines
    • B65G1/02Storage devices
    • B65G1/04Storage devices mechanical
    • B65G1/137Storage devices mechanical with arrangements or automatic control means for selecting which articles are to be removed
    • B65G1/1371Storage devices mechanical with arrangements or automatic control means for selecting which articles are to be removed with data records
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • G06Q10/063Operations research, analysis or management
    • G06Q10/0631Resource planning, allocation, distributing or scheduling for enterprises or organisations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/08Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading or distribution; Inventory or stock management
    • G06Q10/087Inventory or stock management, e.g. order filling, procurement or balancing against orders

Abstract

A material box stocktaking method and apparatus, a dispatching device, a robot, and a warehousing system. The material box stocktaking method comprises: generating a stocktaking instruction for a stocktaking region, and sending the stocktaking instruction to a stocktaking robot (130), the stocktaking instruction being used for controlling the stocktaking robot to perform stocktaking on the stocktaking region so as to obtain stocktaking data corresponding to the stocktaking region, the stocktaking region comprising a plurality of storage locations, and the stocktaking data comprising a material box identification code queue; receiving the stocktaking data; and determining, according to the stocktaking data and inventory data of the stocktaking region, whether a storage location to be checked is present in the stocktaking region. Therefore, batch stocktaking is achieved, and exception judgment of each stocktaking region is performed on the basis of the stocktaking data, so that the efficiency of stocktaking is improved.

Description

料箱盘点方法、装置、调度设备、机器人及仓储系统Material box inventory method, device, dispatching equipment, robot and storage system
本申请要求于2022年1月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210111556.2、申请名称为“料箱盘点方法、装置、调度设备、机器人及仓储系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on January 29, 2022, with the application number 202210111556.2, and the title of the application is "Material Box Inventory Method, Device, Scheduling Equipment, Robot and Storage System", the entire content of which Incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本公开涉及仓储系统技术领域,尤其涉及一种料箱盘点方法、装置、调度设备、机器人及仓储系统。The present disclosure relates to the technical field of warehousing systems, in particular to a material box inventory method, device, dispatching equipment, robot and warehousing system.
背景技术Background technique
基于机器人的仓储系统采用智能操作系统,通过系统指令实现物品的自动取出和存放,同时可以24小时不间断运行,代替了人工管理和操作,提高了仓储的效率,受到了广泛地应用和青睐。The robot-based warehousing system uses an intelligent operating system to automatically take out and store items through system instructions. At the same time, it can run 24 hours a day, replacing manual management and operation, improving the efficiency of warehousing, and has been widely used and favored.
在仓储系统的日常运营中,需要对存储货架各个库位上存放的物料进行盘点,如定期盘点或随机盘点,从而复核各个库位上存放的物料的情况。In the daily operation of the storage system, it is necessary to take inventory of the materials stored in each location of the storage shelf, such as regular inventory or random inventory, so as to review the situation of the materials stored in each location.
传统的盘点方式,多为单点盘点,基于以库位为单位进行盘点,由机器人将库位上存放的料箱搬运至操作台,从而在操作台处对所搬运的料箱以及料箱内存放的物料进行盘点。上述盘点方式盘点效率较低,无法适用于仓储体量较大的仓库。The traditional inventory method is mostly a single-point inventory. Based on the inventory in units of storage locations, the robot transports the material boxes stored on the storage location to the operation platform, so that the transported material boxes and the memory of the material boxes are checked at the operation platform. The materials put in will be counted. The inventory counting method mentioned above has low inventory efficiency and cannot be applied to warehouses with large storage volumes.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本公开提供一种料箱盘点方法、装置、调度设备、机器人及仓储系统,实现了以盘点区域为单位的批量盘点的盘点方式,大大提高了料箱盘点的效率。The present disclosure provides a material box inventory method, device, dispatching equipment, robot and storage system, which realizes the inventory method of batch inventory taking the inventory area as a unit, and greatly improves the efficiency of material box inventory.
第一方面,本公开实施例提供了一种料箱盘点方法,应用于调度设备,该方法包括:生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至盘点机器人,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列;接收所述盘点数据;根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a bin inventory method, which is applied to a dispatching device. The method includes: generating an inventory instruction in an inventory area, and sending the inventory instruction to an inventory robot, and the inventory instruction is used for Controlling the inventory robot to perform an inventory of the inventory area to obtain inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, wherein the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, and the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes; receiving the Inventory data: According to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area, it is judged whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,所述料箱识别码队列由所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码进行去重后得到。Optionally, the queue of bin identification codes is obtained by deduplicating all bin identification codes collected by the inventory robot in the inventory area.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:当所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码均存在于所述料箱识别码队列中时,则确定所述盘点区域不存在所述待检查库位。Optionally, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes: when each material box corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data When all the identification codes exist in the bin identification code queue, it is determined that the storage location to be checked does not exist in the inventory area.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的库存数据中是否存在缺失料箱识别码;若所述盘点区域的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述料箱识别码队列。Optionally, judging whether there is a location to be checked in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory corresponding to the inventory area data, judging whether there is a missing material box identification code in the inventory data of the inventory area; if there is a missing material box identification code in the inventory data of the inventory area, then it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked exists in the inventory area; wherein , the missing bin ID does not exist in the bin ID queue.
可选的,待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,与所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位。Optionally, the location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, a location corresponding to the missing container identification code.
可选的,待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位附近预设范围内的库位。Optionally, the location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, a location within a preset range near the location corresponding to the missing container identification code.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的料箱识别码队列中是否存在错放料箱识别码;若所述料箱识别码队列中存在错放料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中,且所述错放料箱识别码在所述库存数据中对应的库位与所述盘点区域的距离超过第一预设距离;所述待检查库位包括在所述盘点数据中所述错放料箱识别码对应的库位或单元。Optionally, determining whether there is a location to be checked in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area includes: judging according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area Whether there is a misplaced material box identification code in the material box identification code queue of the inventory area; if there is a misplaced material box identification code in the material box identification code queue, then it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked exists in the inventory area ; Wherein, the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in each bin identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data, and the misplaced bin identification code is in the corresponding library in the inventory data The distance between the location and the inventory area exceeds a first preset distance; the storage location to be checked includes the storage location or unit corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data.
可选的,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域以盘点单元为单位进行盘点,所述盘点单元包括多个库位;所述料箱识别码队列由多个料箱识别码集合组成,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应。Optionally, the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to perform inventory in units of inventory units in the inventory area, and the inventory unit includes a plurality of storage locations; the bin identification code queue consists of a plurality of bins The set of identification codes is composed of a set of identification codes corresponding to the inventory units.
可选的,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置为间断地开启;所述料箱识别装置在移动至对应的盘点单元的预设位置时被开启,所述料箱识别码集合由每次开启时采集到的料箱识别码组成。Optionally, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is intermittently turned on; the bin identification device moves to the corresponding inventory unit When it is opened at the preset position, the set of material box identification codes is composed of the material box identification codes collected each time it is opened.
可选的,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,若相邻采集到的两个料箱识别码所对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on. If the difference between the collection time points is less than the preset value, the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set.
可选的,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,若相邻采集到的两个料箱识别码被采集时所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on. When the distance between the positions of the bin identification device is less than the preset distance, the two bin identification codes are classified into the same bin identification code set.
可选的,所述料箱识别装置的位置包括所述料箱识别装置的高度及所述盘点机器人的位置坐标中的至少一项。Optionally, the position of the bin identification device includes at least one of the height of the bin identification device and the position coordinates of the inventory robot.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:对于所述盘点区域中的每一盘点单元,当所述盘点单元在所述库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于与所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别集合中,则确定所述盘点单元不存在所述待检查库位;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元均不存在所述待检查库位,则确定所述盘点区域不存在待检查库位。Optionally, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a location to be checked in the inventory area includes: for each inventory unit in the inventory area, when the The bin identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data exists in the bin identification set corresponding to the inventory unit, then it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked does not exist in the inventory unit; if the inventory area If there is no storage location to be checked in each inventory unit, it is determined that there is no storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第一单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在第一单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,第一单元为对应的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述第一单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,所述待检查库位包括所述第一单元对应的各个库位。Optionally, judging whether there is a location to be checked in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory corresponding to the inventory area data, judging whether there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area; if there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the first unit It is an inventory unit with a missing bin identification code in the corresponding inventory data, the missing bin identification code does not exist in the bin identification code set corresponding to the first unit, and the storage location to be checked includes the first Each storage location corresponding to a unit.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第二单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第二单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,所述第二单元为对应的料箱识别集合中存在错放料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述第二单元对应的库存数据中,且所述错放料箱识别码在库存数据中对应的库位与所述第二单元的距离超过第二预设距离,所述待检查库位包括第二单元对应的各个库位。Optionally, judging whether there is a location to be checked in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory corresponding to the inventory area data, judging whether there is a second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area; if there is the second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area, then determine that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the The second unit is an inventory unit with a misplaced bin identification code in the corresponding bin identification set, the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the misplaced The distance between the storage location corresponding to the bin identification code in the inventory data and the second unit exceeds a second preset distance, and the storage location to be checked includes each storage location corresponding to the second unit.
可选的,所述盘点数据来自至少两个盘点机器人,且所述至少两个盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点的盘点顺序及盘点路径中的至少一项不同。Optionally, the inventory data comes from at least two inventory robots, and at least one of the inventory sequence and the inventory path of the at least two inventory robots in the inventory area is different.
可选的,所述料箱识别装置为电子标签识别装置或图像识别装置。Optionally, the bin identification device is an electronic label identification device or an image identification device.
第二方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种料箱盘点方法,所述方法应用于盘点机器人,所述方法包括:接收盘点区域的盘点指令,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点;基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;发送所述盘点数据;其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列,所述盘点数据用于与所述盘点区域的库存数据相比对,以判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。In the second aspect, the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a method for inventorying bins, the method is applied to an inventory robot, and the method includes: receiving an inventory instruction in an inventory area, and the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to performing an inventory in the inventory area; performing an inventory in the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generating inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; sending the inventory data; wherein the inventory area includes a plurality of locations, the The inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes, and the inventory data is used for comparison with the inventory data in the inventory area to determine whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,包括:基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点;对所述盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码进行去重处理,得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据。Optionally, performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generating inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction; performing an inventory on the inventory area. All collected bin identification codes are deduplicated to obtain the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area.
可选的,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,包括:基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码;根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合;基于所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;其中,所述盘点单元包括一个或多个库位,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应。Optionally, performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generating the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: controlling the bin identification device of the inventory robot based on the inventory instruction, taking inventory units as units Collecting the material box identification codes of the material boxes placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area; according to the collected material box identification codes, obtaining the set of material box identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units; based on each inventory unit in the inventory area The corresponding set of material box identification codes generates the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; wherein, the inventory unit includes one or more storage locations, and the set of material box identification codes corresponds to the inventory unit one by one.
可选的,基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码,包括:针对每个盘点单元,基于所述盘点指令在移动至所述盘点单元的预设位置时,开启所述盘点机器人的所述料箱识别装置,采集所述盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码。Optionally, based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is controlled to collect the bin identification codes of the bins placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area in units of inventory units, including: for each inventory The unit, when moving to the preset position of the inventory unit based on the inventory instruction, turns on the bin identification device of the inventory robot to collect the bin identification codes of the bins placed in the inventory unit.
可选的,根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,包括:若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入 同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, according to the collected bin identification codes, a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units is obtained, including: if the difference between the collection time points corresponding to two adjacent bin identification codes collected is less than the preset value, the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set.
可选的,根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,包括:若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, according to the collected bin identification codes, a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units is obtained, including: if the collected bin identification codes correspond to the positions of the bin identification devices If the distance is less than the preset distance, then the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set.
可选的,所述料箱识别装置的位置包括所述料箱识别装置的高度及所述盘点机器人的位置坐标中的至少一项。Optionally, the position of the bin identification device includes at least one of the height of the bin identification device and the position coordinates of the inventory robot.
可选的,所述方法还包括:若采集的料箱标识码的强度值低于预设强度,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。Optionally, the method further includes: if the strength value of the collected bin identification code is lower than a preset strength, deleting the bin identification code from the corresponding bin identification code set.
可选的,所述方法还包括:确定所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置;若所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置超出对应的盘点单元的范围,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。Optionally, the method further includes: determining the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code; if the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code exceeds the scope of the corresponding inventory unit, then collect the corresponding bin identification code Delete the bin ID in the .
第三方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种料箱盘点装置,所述装置应用于调度设备,所述装置包括:指令发送模块,用于生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至盘点机器人,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,其中,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列;盘点数据接收模块,用于接收所述盘点数据;异常判定模块,用于根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a material box inventory device, which is applied to a scheduling device, and the device includes: an instruction sending module, configured to generate an inventory instruction for an inventory area, and transmit the inventory instruction sent to an inventory robot, the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to carry out an inventory of the inventory area, so as to obtain the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, wherein the inventory The data includes the bin identification code queue; the inventory data receiving module is used to receive the inventory data; the abnormality determination module is used to judge whether the inventory area exists to be checked according to the inventory data and the inventory data of the inventory area location.
第四方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种料箱盘点装置,所述装置应用于盘点机器人,所述装置包括:指令接收模块,用于接收盘点区域的盘点指令,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点;盘点数据生成模块,用于基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;盘点数据发送模块,用于发送所述盘点数据;所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列,所述盘点数据用于与所述盘点区域的库存数据相比对,以判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。In the fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a bin inventory device, the device is applied to an inventory robot, and the device includes: an instruction receiving module, configured to receive an inventory instruction in an inventory area, and the inventory instruction is used for Controlling the inventory robot to perform an inventory of the inventory area; an inventory data generation module, configured to perform an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generate inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; an inventory data sending module for Sending the inventory data; the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes, and the inventory data is used for comparison with the inventory data in the inventory area to determine the inventory Whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the area.
第五方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种调度设备,包括:存储器和至少一个处理器;所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;至少一个处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述至少一个处理器执行本公开第一方面对应的任意实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a scheduling device, including: a memory and at least one processor; the memory stores computer-executable instructions; at least one processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the At least one processor executes the bin inventory method provided in any embodiment corresponding to the first aspect of the present disclosure.
第六方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种盘点机器人,包括:存储器和至少一个处理器;所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;至少一个处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述至少一个处理器执行本公开第二方面对应的任意实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an inventory robot, including: a memory and at least one processor; the memory stores computer-executable instructions; at least one processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the At least one processor executes the bin inventory method provided in any embodiment corresponding to the second aspect of the present disclosure.
第七方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种仓储系统,包括存储货架、本公开第五方面对应的实施例提供的调度设备以及本公开第六方面对应的实施例提供的盘点机器人。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a storage system, including a storage shelf, a scheduling device provided in an embodiment corresponding to the fifth aspect of the present disclosure, and an inventory robot provided in an embodiment corresponding to the sixth aspect of the present disclosure.
第八方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当处理器执行所述计算机执行指令时,实现如本公开任意实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。In the eighth aspect, the embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where computer-executable instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the processor executes the computer-executable instructions, any implementation of the present disclosure can be realized. The box inventory method provided by the example.
第九方面,本公开实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如本公开任意实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer program product, including a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the bin inventory method provided in any embodiment of the present disclosure is implemented.
本公开实施例提供的料箱盘点方法、装置、调度设备、机器人及仓储系统,基于盘点区域的盘点指令控制盘点机器人进行该盘点区域的盘点,得到该盘点区域的盘点数据,该盘点数据包括所盘点的多个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码组成的料箱识别码队列;在盘点完毕时,基于该盘点区域的盘点数据以及预先存储的该盘点区域的库位数据,判断该盘点区域是否存在需要进一步检查的待检查库位,从而实现了基于区域的批量盘点,提高了盘点效率,同时,通过盘点实现了对存在放错的料箱的盘点区域的复核,从而保证料箱出库任务顺利无误地进行,提高了出库任务的作业效率。The material box inventory method, device, dispatching equipment, robot, and storage system provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure control the inventory robot to perform an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction of the inventory area, and obtain the inventory data of the inventory area. The inventory data includes all A queue of material box identification codes composed of material box identification codes of material boxes stored in multiple storage locations for inventory; when the inventory is completed, based on the inventory data of the inventory area and the pre-stored location data of the inventory area, it is judged Whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area that needs further inspection, thereby realizing batch inventory based on the area and improving the efficiency of the inventory. The outbound task is carried out smoothly and without error, which improves the operating efficiency of the outbound task.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本公开的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本公开的原理。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the disclosure and together with the description serve to explain the principles of the disclosure.
图1为本公开实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的一种应用场景图;FIG. 1 is an application scene diagram of a bin inventory method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本公开一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图;FIG. 2 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3A为本公开图2所示实施例中料箱识别装置的射束的示意图;FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of the beam of the bin identification device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure;
图3B为本公开图2所示实施例中盘点机器人采用单库位模式盘点的示意图;FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of the inventory robot in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure using a single storage location mode;
图3C为本公开图2所示实施例中盘点机器人采用多库位方式盘点的示意图;FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of the inventory robot in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure adopting multi-storey inventory;
图3D为本公开图2所示实施例中两个盘点机器人交叉盘点的示意图;FIG. 3D is a schematic diagram of cross-counting of two inventory robots in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure;
图3E为本公开图2所示实施例中存储货架盘点的示意图;FIG. 3E is a schematic diagram of storage shelf inventory in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure;
图3F为本公开图2所示实施例中待检查范围确定的示意图;FIG. 3F is a schematic diagram of determining the range to be inspected in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure;
图3G为本公开一个实施例提供的多深位货架的批量盘点的示意图;FIG. 3G is a schematic diagram of batch inventory of multi-deep shelves provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3H为本公开一个实施例提供的多深位货架的交叉盘点的示意图;Fig. 3H is a schematic diagram of a cross inventory of multi-deep shelves provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本公开一个实施例提供的确定待检查单元步骤的流程图;Fig. 4 is a flowchart of the steps of determining the unit to be inspected provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开另一个实施例提供的确定待检查单元步骤的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of the steps of determining the unit to be inspected provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开另一个实施例提供的确定待检查单元步骤的流程图;Fig. 6 is a flow chart of the steps of determining the unit to be inspected provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本公开另一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开另一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本公开另一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开一个实施例提供的调度设备的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a scheduling device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本公开一个实施例提供的盘点机器人的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an inventory robot provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本公开一个实施例提供的仓储系统的结构示意图。Fig. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.
通过上述附图,已示出本公开明确的实施例,后文中将有更详细的描述。这些附图和文字描述并不是为了通过任何方式限制本公开构思的范围,而是通过参考特定实施例为本领域技术人员说明本公开的概念。By means of the above-mentioned drawings, certain embodiments of the present disclosure have been shown and will be described in more detail hereinafter. These drawings and written description are not intended to limit the scope of the disclosed concept in any way, but to illustrate the disclosed concept for those skilled in the art by referring to specific embodiments.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本公开相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本公开的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Reference will now be made in detail to the exemplary embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the accompanying drawings, the same numerals in different drawings refer to the same or similar elements unless otherwise indicated. The implementations described in the following exemplary examples do not represent all implementations consistent with the present disclosure. Rather, they are merely examples of apparatuses and methods consistent with aspects of the present disclosure as recited in the appended claims.
下面以具体地实施例对本公开的技术方案以及本公开的技术方案如何解决上述技术问题进行详细说明。下面这几个在一个实施例中实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例中不再赘述。下面将结合附图,对本公开的实施例进行描述。The technical solution of the present disclosure and how the technical solution of the present disclosure solves the above technical problems will be described in detail below with specific embodiments. In one embodiment, the following embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be repeated in some embodiments. Embodiments of the present disclosure will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
下面对本公开实施例的应用场景进行解释:The application scenarios of the embodiments of the present disclosure are explained below:
图1为本公开实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的一种应用场景图,如图1所示,仓储系统时常会出现存储货架上存放的料箱有误的情况,如料箱对应的库位发生错乱,尤其是对于人机混场的仓储系统(即操作人员和机器人共同进行作业的仓储系统)而言,由于人工的介入,更容易导致仓储系统的存储货架110上存放的料箱有误,如料箱对应的库位发生错乱,故而需要在取放货作业的间隙,对仓储系统的各存储货架110上存放的料箱进行盘点。Figure 1 is an application scene diagram of the material box inventory method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 1, the storage system often has the wrong material box stored on the storage shelf, such as the storage location corresponding to the material box In case of confusion, especially for a storage system with a human-machine mix (that is, a storage system in which operators and robots work together), due to manual intervention, it is more likely to cause errors in the storage boxes stored on the storage shelves 110 of the storage system. , if the storage location corresponding to the material box is out of order, it is necessary to take inventory of the material boxes stored on each storage shelf 110 of the storage system during the interval between pick-and-place operations.
在一个实施例中,存储货架110包括多层多列的库位,图1中以存储货架110包括2层6列为例,每个库位上可以存放一个或多个物料箱。In one embodiment, the storage rack 110 includes multiple layers and multiple rows of locations. In FIG. 1 , the storage rack 110 includes 2 layers and 6 rows as an example, and each location can store one or more material boxes.
在一个实施例中,可以由操作人员基于调度设备或仓储系统120中存储的库存数据,依次对存储货架110的各个库位上存放的料箱进行盘点,人工盘点的方式效率低下,且准确度无法确保。In one embodiment, based on the dispatching equipment or the inventory data stored in the storage system 120, the operator can take inventory of the material boxes stored on each location of the storage shelf 110 in turn. The manual inventory method is inefficient and accurate. Can't be sure.
在一个实施例中,可以由机器人130进行库位上存放的料箱的盘点。具体为:机器人130依次行走至各个库位,识别该库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,并发送至调度设备或仓储系统120,调度设备或仓储系统120判断接收到的料箱识别码与预先存储的库存数据中记录的该库位的料箱识别码是否一致,若不一致,则该库位上存放的料箱有误,需要对该料箱进行调整,以免后续的料箱出库任务出现错误。In one embodiment, the robot 130 may perform inventory counting of the bins stored on the warehouse location. Specifically: the robot 130 walks to each warehouse location in turn, identifies the bin identification code of the bin stored on the bin, and sends it to the dispatching device or storage system 120, and the dispatching device or storage system 120 judges the received bin identification code. Whether the code is consistent with the material box identification code of the warehouse location recorded in the pre-stored inventory data. If not, the material box stored on the warehouse location is wrong, and the material box needs to be adjusted to prevent the subsequent material box from being released. An error occurred in the library task.
上述基于机器人的盘点方式以库位为单位进行盘点,对于库存量较大的仓储系统,如存放积木玩具类、汽车零件类物品的仓储系统,采用以库位为单位的单个库位盘点的方式,盘点效率较低,耗时较长,无法满足需求。且长时间的盘点任务会给仓储系统其它任务产生影响,从而降低其他任务的作业效率。The above-mentioned robot-based inventory method takes inventory as a unit. For a storage system with a large inventory, such as a storage system that stores building blocks, toys, and auto parts, a single warehouse inventory with a warehouse as a unit is adopted. , Inventory efficiency is low, time-consuming, unable to meet demand. And the long-term inventory task will affect other tasks of the storage system, thereby reducing the operating efficiency of other tasks.
为了提高料箱盘点的效率,公开实施例提供了一种料箱盘点方法,该方法的主要构思为:以包括多个库位的盘点区域为单位进行批量盘点,在盘点结束后,方通过盘点数据与库位数据的比对情况,判断该盘点区域是否存在需要检查的库位,减少了盘点机器人执行盘点任务的时间,提高了盘点效率,从而降低了盘点任务对其他任务的作业效率的影响。In order to improve the efficiency of material box inventory, the disclosed embodiment provides a material box inventory method. The main concept of the method is: to carry out batch inventory with the inventory area including multiple storage locations as a unit, and after the inventory is completed, just pass the inventory The comparison between the data and the location data can determine whether there is a location that needs to be checked in the inventory area, which reduces the time for the inventory robot to perform the inventory task, improves the inventory efficiency, and thus reduces the impact of the inventory task on the operation efficiency of other tasks .
图2为本公开一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图,如图2所示,该料箱盘点方法可以由调度设备或仓储系统执行,调度设备主要用于进行机器人调度或控制,如为机器人分配盘点任务、取放货任务等,本实施例提供的料箱盘点方法包括以下步骤:Fig. 2 is a flow chart of a material box inventory method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 2, the material box inventory method can be executed by a scheduling device or a storage system, and the scheduling device is mainly used for robot scheduling or control, such as To assign inventory tasks, pick-and-place tasks, etc. to the robot, the bin inventory method provided in this embodiment includes the following steps:
步骤S201,生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至盘点机器人,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据。Step S201, generating an inventory instruction for the inventory area, and sending the inventory instruction to the inventory robot, the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to perform an inventory of the inventory area, so as to obtain the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area .
其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列。盘点机器人在盘点对应的 盘点区域时,可以以盘点单元为单位进行盘点,该盘点单元可以为一个库位或多个库位。料箱识别码队列可以由多个盘点库位或多个盘点单元上存放的料箱的料箱识别码组成。当盘点机器人盘点的各个盘点库位或盘点单元上均未存放料箱时,该盘点机器人的盘点数据中的料箱识别码队列为空队列。盘点库位为盘点区域需要盘点的库位,盘点单元为盘点区域需要盘点的单元。Wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, and the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes. When the inventory robot takes inventory of the corresponding inventory area, it can take an inventory unit as a unit, and the inventory unit can be one warehouse location or multiple warehouse locations. The queue of material box identification codes may be composed of material box identification codes of material boxes stored in multiple inventory locations or multiple inventory units. When no material box is stored in each inventory location or inventory unit counted by the inventory robot, the queue of the material box identification code in the inventory data of the inventory robot is an empty queue. The inventory location is the location that needs to be counted in the inventory area, and the inventory unit is the unit that needs to be counted in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,一个盘点机器人盘点对应的一个盘点区域可以生成一个料箱识别码队列。或者一个盘点机器人盘点对应的多个盘点区域可以生成一个料箱识别码队列。In an embodiment, an inventory area corresponding to an inventory robot may generate a queue of bin identification codes. Or multiple inventory areas corresponding to an inventory robot inventory can generate a queue of bin identification codes.
所述料箱识别码队列为所述盘点机器人基于所述盘点指令在所述盘点区域处采集到的料箱识别码的集合。The bin identification code queue is a collection of bin identification codes collected by the inventory robot at the inventory area based on the inventory instruction.
步骤S202,接收所述盘点数据。Step S202, receiving the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在执行完对应的盘点任务之后,将生成的盘点数据上传至仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, after the stocktaking robot completes the corresponding stocktaking task, it uploads the generated stocktaking data to the storage system or the dispatching device or the storage system.
在一个实施例中,盘点数据还可以包括盘点机器人的机器人标识或盘点区域的区域标识,以基于机器人标识或盘点区域的区域标识,确定各个盘点数据对应的盘点区域。In an embodiment, the inventory data may further include a robot ID of the inventory robot or an area ID of the inventory area, so as to determine the inventory area corresponding to each inventory data based on the robot ID or the area ID of the inventory area.
步骤S203,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Step S203, according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area, it is judged whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area.
其中,待检查库位为盘点区域中可能存在料箱存放异常的库位。Among them, the storage location to be checked is a storage location in the inventory area where there may be abnormal storage of material boxes.
在一个实施例中,每个盘点区域可以包括多个库位。盘点数据可以包括盘点机器人采集或识别或读到的各个料箱的料箱识别码。料箱识别码为用于识别料箱的标识码,可以为二维码、条形码、编码、电子标签等。In one embodiment, each inventory area may include multiple storage locations. The inventory data may include the bin identification codes of each bin collected or recognized or read by the inventory robot. The material box identification code is an identification code used to identify the material box, which may be a two-dimensional code, a barcode, a code, an electronic label, and the like.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别码可以设置在料箱的一个或多个设定侧面上,如相对的两个侧面,每个设定侧面上可以设置一个或多个料箱识别码,以便于盘点机器人进行料箱识别码的采集。盘点机器人可以为无人机、自动引导车等可以移动的设备。In one embodiment, the material box identification code can be set on one or more set sides of the material box, such as two opposite sides, and one or more material box identification codes can be set on each set side, so that Use the inventory robot to collect the bin identification code. Inventory robots can be mobile devices such as drones and automatic guided vehicles.
在一个实施例中,盘点区域可以包括至少一个仓储货架,每个仓储货架上可以包括多行多列的库位,每个库位可以存放一个料箱。In one embodiment, the stocktaking area may include at least one storage shelf, and each storage shelf may include multiple rows and columns of storage locations, and each storage location may store a material box.
在一个实施例中,盘点区域可以包括一个仓储货架中的一行或多行、一列或多列,也可以包括一个仓储货架中的某一部分。In an embodiment, the stocktaking area may include one or more rows, one or more columns in a storage shelf, and may also include a certain part of a storage shelf.
在一个实施例中,盘点区域对应的物理空间可以为连续或不连续的空间。In an embodiment, the physical space corresponding to the inventory area may be a continuous or discontinuous space.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人对盘点区域以盘点单元为单位进行盘点。盘点单元根据在盘点机器人上设置的料箱识别装置的识别范围确定,且一个盘点单元可以包括一个或多个库位。应该理解,“以盘点单元为单位进行盘点”并不意味着盘点区域必须被划分为多个盘点单元,而是料箱识别装置在盘点时以盘点单元为单位进行,即料箱识别装置或盘点机器人能识别各盘点单元采集对应的料箱识别码(在其他一些实施例中,例如,盘点机器人以很快速度行走,并且料箱识别装置一直开启着、不停地对料箱识别装置所经过的库位采集料箱识别码,在这种情况下,料箱识别码可能是被连续采集的,也就是说,料箱识别装置和盘点机器人可能无法识别出各盘点单元采集对应的料箱识别码)。当盘点单元为多个库位时,各盘点单元之间可以彼此交叠,例如,某一个库位可以同时属于盘点单元A及盘点单元B,只要料箱识别装置、盘点机器人或用于管理盘点的信息系统(如调度设备)能够识别这种交叠即可。In one embodiment, the inventory robot performs inventory in units of inventory units in the inventory area. The inventory unit is determined according to the identification range of the bin identification device set on the inventory robot, and one inventory unit may include one or more warehouse locations. It should be understood that "taking inventory units as units of inventory" does not mean that the inventory area must be divided into multiple inventory units, but that the material box identification device performs the inventory in units of inventory units, that is, the material box identification device or inventory The robot can identify each inventory unit to collect the corresponding bin identification code (in some other embodiments, for example, the inventory robot walks at a very fast speed, and the bin identification device is always on, constantly passing by the bin identification device In this case, the bin identification code may be collected continuously, that is to say, the bin identification device and the inventory robot may not be able to identify the corresponding bin identification code collected by each inventory unit. code). When the inventory unit has multiple storage locations, each inventory unit can overlap with each other. For example, a certain location can belong to inventory unit A and inventory unit B at the same time, as long as the material box identification device, inventory robot or used to manage inventory It is enough that the information system (such as dispatching equipment) can recognize this overlap.
在一个实施例中,对一个盘点区域进行盘点时,可以采用单库位模式进行识别,单库位模式下,盘点单元为单个库位,即盘点机器人以库位为单位对盘点区域的各个盘点库位进行盘点,盘点库位即为盘点区域需要盘点的库位。如结合后续的图3B所详述,单库位模式,即在进行料箱识别码采集时,若排除掉误读、串读的情况,盘点机器人或盘点机器人上设置的料箱识别装置一次性读取通常仅可以读取一个料箱所对应的料箱识别码,或者即使一次性读取到了多于一个料箱所对应的料箱识别码时,也可以从该多个料箱识别码中确定盘点库位的料箱识别码,即欲盘点的库位的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, when an inventory area is counted, it can be identified by using the single storage location mode. In the single storage location mode, the inventory unit is a single storage location, that is, the inventory robot takes the inventory location as the unit for each inventory of the inventory area. The warehouse location is used for inventory, and the inventory warehouse location is the warehouse location that needs to be counted in the inventory area. As described in detail in conjunction with the subsequent Figure 3B, the single storage location mode, that is, when collecting the material box identification code, if misreading and cross-reading are excluded, the inventory robot or the material box identification device set on the inventory robot can be used once. Reading usually only reads the bin identification code corresponding to one bin, or even if the bin ID corresponding to more than one bin is read at one time, it can also be read from the multiple bin IDs. Determine the material box identification code of the inventory location, that is, the material box identification code of the storage location to be counted.
在一个实施例中,对一个盘点区域进行盘点时,可以采用多库位模式进行识别,多库位模式下,盘点单元为多个库位,即盘点机器人以多个库位或盘点单元为单位对盘点区域的各个盘点单元进行盘点。如结合后续的图3C所详述,即在进行料箱识别码采集时,即使排除掉误读、串读的情况,盘点机器人或盘点机器人上设置的料箱识别装置一次性读取也可以读取到多于一个料箱所对应的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, when an inventory area is counted, the multi-location mode can be used for identification. In the multi-location mode, the inventory unit is multiple locations, that is, the inventory robot takes multiple locations or inventory units as a unit Perform an inventory of each inventory unit in the inventory area. As described in detail in the subsequent Figure 3C, when collecting the material box identification code, even if misreading and cross-reading are ruled out, the one-time reading of the inventory robot or the material box identification device set on the inventory robot can also be read. Get the bin identification codes corresponding to more than one bin.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在进行盘点区域内的存储货架盘点时,可以采用定点盘点的方式,即行走至需要盘点的存储货架的各个设定位置点,从而完成该存储货架所有库位的盘点。可以在盘点机器人位于设定位置点的预设范围内或处于设定位置点时开启盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以进行料箱识别码的采集。其中,设定位置点可以由仓储系统或调度设备确定,如根据盘点区域的各个盘点单元的分布情况确定各个设定位置,一个设定位置可以对应一个或多个盘点单元。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot takes inventory of the storage shelves in the inventory area, it can adopt the method of fixed-point inventory, that is, walk to each set position point of the storage shelf that needs to be counted, so as to complete the inventory of all storage shelves in the storage shelf. inventory. The bin identification device of the inventory robot can be turned on when the inventory robot is within the preset range of the set position point or at the set position point, so as to collect the bin identification code. Wherein, the set location point can be determined by the storage system or the dispatching equipment, for example, each set location can be determined according to the distribution of each inventory unit in the inventory area, and one set location can correspond to one or more inventory units.
示例性的,以盘点区域为一个存储货架为例,该存储货架包括5行5列库位,盘点机器人的料箱识 别装置的工作范围为1行3列,则设定位置点可以为2个,其中一个位于第2列库位对应的位置点,另一个则位于第4列库位对应的位置点,盘点机器人可以在这两个设定位置点进行往复运动,以及控制料箱识别装置的高度的方式,实现存储货架所有库位的扫描。Exemplarily, taking the inventory area as a storage shelf as an example, the storage shelf includes 5 rows and 5 columns of storage locations, and the working range of the material box recognition device of the inventory robot is 1 row and 3 columns, then the set position points can be 2 , one of which is located at the location point corresponding to the second column location, and the other is located at the location point corresponding to the fourth column location point, the inventory robot can reciprocate at these two set location points, and control the bin identification device In a high-level way, the scanning of all locations on the storage shelf is realized.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在进行盘点区域内的存储货架盘点时,可以以连续行走的方式进行盘点,即,以恒定或不恒定的速度,走过盘点区域内的各库位,并使用料箱识别装置对这些库位进行盘点。In one embodiment, the stocktaking robot can carry out stocktaking in a continuous walking manner when performing stocktaking of the storage shelves in the stocktaking area, that is, at a constant or non-constant speed, walk through each warehouse location in the stocktaking area, and use The bin identification device takes inventory of these storage locations.
应该理解,无论是定点盘点,还是以连续行走的方式进行盘点,都可以使用单库位或多库位的盘点模式。It should be understood that no matter whether it is a fixed-point inventory or a continuous walking method, the inventory mode of single storage location or multiple storage locations can be used.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,可以使用较快的行走速度,并且将料箱识别装置持续开启。这种情况下,料箱识别装置将持续地采集到许多料箱识别码。在一个实施例中,由于料箱识别装置的采集方式原因,所采集到的各料箱识别码并没有严格的先后次序,即无法确定先采集到的料箱识别码A一定对应于料箱识别装置先经过的库位,而后采集到的料箱识别码B一定对应于料箱识别装置后经过的库位。此时,可以将采集到的所有料箱识别码视为一个整体,将它们去重后,形成料箱识别码队列,直接上报给用于管理盘点的信息系统,并由信息系统使用本发明所述的鉴别方法来确定盘点是否成功。例如,对于一个货架,用这种方法形成一个料箱识别码队列,发送给信息系统后,若信息系统确定需要在该货架内的料箱的料箱识别码都在该料箱识别码队列内,则确定盘点成功;若信息系统发现需要在该货架内的料箱的料箱识别码有一个不在该料箱识别码队列内,则认为盘点未成功,有料箱不在库位上,需去检查该库位或该库位及其旁边的库位。在这种情况下,料箱识别码队列中还会包含一些在该货架内的料箱的料箱识别码之外的料箱识别码(后续简称为“多读到的料箱识别码”),但这些料箱识别码的存在不构成盘点失败,因为它们很可能是其他库位串读来的料箱识别码。在一个实施例中,若信息系统发现,某个多读到的料箱识别码,在库存数据中所对应的库位,离正在盘点的货架距离非常远(例如,超过一定阈值距离,该阈值距离可以是料箱识别装置可能采集到的范围或在此范围上再叠加一个裕度),则可以确定这一多读到的料箱识别码不可能是串读而来,因此可以确定这一多读到的料箱识别码来自一个放错在该货架或该货架附近的料箱,并且将这一多读到的料箱识别码记录下来,因为在后续盘点中,在盘点该料箱识别码本该在的库位时,会发现该库位上没有箱子,此时可以使用这一被记录的料箱识别码来直接定位到它可能所在的货架,在该货架内或货架附近寻找这一箱子。上述这种盘点机器人以较快速度行走、将整个货架或货架的一整行、一整列或其他一部分作为一个整体进行盘点的做法,对于追求盘点效率的大型仓库特别有益,对于使用双深位货架的仓库也特别有益(双深位货架的盘点将结合图3G进行描述)。这种盘点方式通常与多库位盘点模式结合,可以获得较高效率。In one embodiment, when the stocktaking robot performs stocktaking in the stocktaking area, it can use a relatively fast walking speed, and keep turning on the bin identification device. In this case, the material box identification device will continuously collect many material box identification codes. In one embodiment, due to the collection method of the bin identification device, the collected bin identification codes are not in strict order, that is, it cannot be determined that the bin identification code A collected first must correspond to the bin identification code. The storage location that the device passes first, and then the material box identification code B collected must correspond to the storage location that the material box identification device passes after. At this time, all the collected material box identification codes can be regarded as a whole, and after they are deduplicated, a material box identification code queue is formed, which is directly reported to the information system for managing inventory, and the information system uses the information provided by the present invention. The identification method described above is used to determine whether the inventory is successful. For example, for a shelf, use this method to form a queue of material box identification codes, after sending it to the information system, if the information system determines that the material box identification codes of the material boxes that need to be in the shelf are all in the material box identification code queue , it is determined that the inventory is successful; if the information system finds that one of the box identification codes of the boxes that need to be in the shelf is not in the box identification code queue, it is considered that the inventory is not successful, and some boxes are not in the storage location, and need to be checked The location or the location and the locations next to it. In this case, the container identification code queue will also include some container identification codes other than the container identification codes of the material boxes in the shelf (hereinafter referred to as "more read material box identification codes") , but the existence of these material box identification codes does not constitute inventory failure, because they are likely to be material box identification codes serially read from other warehouse locations. In one embodiment, if the information system finds that the location corresponding to a certain over-read bin identification code in the inventory data is very far away from the shelf being inventoried (for example, exceeding a certain threshold distance, the threshold The distance can be the range that the material box identification device may collect or superimpose a margin on this range), then it can be determined that this multi-read material box identification code cannot be read in series, so it can be determined that this The over-read bin ID comes from a bin that was misplaced on or near the shelf, and the over-read bin ID is recorded, because in the subsequent inventory, the ID of the bin is counted. When the code book should be in the storage location, it will be found that there is no box in the storage location. At this time, the recorded material box identification code can be used to directly locate the shelf where it may be located, and find this box in or near the shelf. a box. The above-mentioned inventory robot walks at a faster speed and takes inventory of the entire shelf or a whole row, a whole column or other part of the shelf as a whole, which is especially beneficial for large warehouses that pursue inventory efficiency. Warehouses are also particularly beneficial (the inventory of double-deep racks will be described in conjunction with Figure 3G). This inventory method is usually combined with the multi-location inventory mode to obtain higher efficiency.
在一个实施例中,可以根据存储货架的位置、存储货架所存放的物料的类型等因素中的一项或多项,以存储货架或其他物理范围为单位划分各个盘点区域,并设置每个盘点区域的区域标识,以基于区域标识识别各个盘点数据对应的盘点区域。In one embodiment, according to one or more of factors such as the location of the storage shelf and the type of materials stored in the storage shelf, each inventory area can be divided in units of storage shelves or other physical ranges, and each inventory The area ID of the area is used to identify the inventory area corresponding to each inventory data based on the area ID.
在一个实施例中,针对待盘点的各个存储货架,根据存储货架所存放物料的类型、存储货架的位置,将待盘点的多个存储货架划分为一个或多个盘点区域,从而减少盘点机器人在执行对应的盘点区域的盘点任务时的行走距离。In one embodiment, for each storage shelf to be counted, according to the type of material stored in the storage shelf and the location of the storage shelf, a plurality of storage shelves to be counted are divided into one or more inventory areas, thereby reducing the time spent by the inventory robot. The walking distance when performing the inventory task in the corresponding inventory area.
在一个实施例中,物料的类型可以由物料的尺寸、特性、价格等因素中的一个或多个确定。In one embodiment, the type of material may be determined by one or more of factors such as size, characteristic, and price of the material.
在一个实施例中,物料类型可以与盘点方式相关,如包括批量盘点类型和非批量盘点类型,批量盘点类型可以细分为单库位模式和多库位模式两中类型。本公开所提及的料箱所存放的物料的类型均为批量盘点类型。装有非批量盘点的物料的料箱在盘点时,需要对料箱内存放的物料的数量进行盘点,不适用本公开提及的料箱盘点方法。In one embodiment, the material type can be related to the inventory method, such as including batch inventory type and non-batch inventory type, and the batch inventory type can be subdivided into two types: single storage location mode and multiple storage location mode. The types of materials stored in the material bins mentioned in the present disclosure are all types of batch inventory. When taking stock of a material box containing materials that are not counted in batches, the quantity of materials stored in the material box needs to be counted, and the material box inventory method mentioned in this disclosure is not applicable.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据各个盘点区域的盘点需求,生成各个盘点区域的盘点指令。其中,盘点区域的盘点需求可以包括盘点区域的各个盘点库位,盘点库位可以为盘点区域的存储货架的部分或全部的库位。盘点指令中可以包括盘点区域的位置,如盘点起点和盘点终点,或者可以包括盘点区域对应的各个存储货架的位置。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system may generate inventory instructions for each inventory area according to the inventory requirements of each inventory area. Wherein, the inventory requirement of the inventory area may include each inventory location in the inventory area, and the inventory location may be part or all of the storage shelves in the inventory area. The counting instruction may include the position of the counting area, such as the counting start point and the counting end point, or may include the positions of each storage shelf corresponding to the counting area.
在一个实施例中,盘点指令还可以包括各个盘点节点的位置,以使盘点机器人基于各个盘点节点的位置进行路径规划。In one embodiment, the stocktaking instruction may also include the location of each stocktaking node, so that the stocktaking robot performs path planning based on the location of each stocktaking node.
在一个实施例中,可以默认进行盘点区域内各个存储货架的各个单元或库位的盘点。In one embodiment, the inventory of each unit or storage location of each storage shelf in the inventory area may be performed by default.
在一个实施例中,每个盘点区域的盘点数据包括一个料箱识别码队列,该料箱识别码队列为盘点机器人基于盘点指令在对应的盘点区域对应的多个库位处采集到的料箱识别码的集合。料箱识别码队列中的各个料箱识别码可以按照采集顺序排序。在一个实施例中,一个盘点区域对应一个料箱识别码队列。In one embodiment, the inventory data of each inventory area includes a queue of bin identification codes, which are the bins collected by the inventory robot at multiple locations corresponding to the corresponding inventory area based on the inventory instruction. A collection of identifiers. Each material box identification code in the material box identification code queue can be sorted according to the collection sequence. In one embodiment, one inventory area corresponds to one bin ID queue.
在一个实施例中,在接收到盘点数据之后,可以对盘点数据中的料箱识别队列进行去重处理。In one embodiment, after the inventory data is received, deduplication processing may be performed on the bin identification queue in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别队列中相邻的两个料箱识别码相同,则需要去除该两个料箱识别码中的其中一个。In one embodiment, if two adjacent bin identification codes in the bin identification queue are the same, one of the two bin identification codes needs to be removed.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人可以对盘点数据进行去重处理,料箱识别码队列由盘点机器人对盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码进行去重后得到。如对料箱识别码队列中顺序连续的多个相同的料箱识别码进行去重处理,以减少盘点数据的数据量。In one embodiment, the inventory robot can deduplicate the inventory data, and the bin identification code queue is obtained after deduplication of all bin identification codes collected by the inventory robot in the inventory area. For example, deduplication processing is performed on a plurality of identical material box identification codes that are consecutive in the queue of material box identification codes, so as to reduce the data volume of the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人以盘点单元为单位进行盘点。例如,盘点机器人以较快速度行走,并且料箱识别装置持续开启,以持续地对盘点区域内的各库位采集料箱识别码。此时,料箱识别码队列可以是对整个盘点区域或盘点区域一部分(例如,货架上的一行)采集料箱识别码完毕后,将所有采集到的料箱识别码进行去重后,得到的料箱识别码的组合。此时,整个料箱识别码队列对应整个盘点区域或盘点区域一部分,而料箱识别码队列内部的料箱识别码不能准确对应到某个库位或盘点单元。In one embodiment, the stocktaking robot performs stocktaking in units of stocktaking units. For example, the stocktaking robot walks at a relatively fast speed, and the material box identification device is continuously turned on, so as to continuously collect material box identification codes for each storage location in the inventory area. At this time, the bin identification code queue can be obtained after collecting the bin identification codes for the entire inventory area or a part of the inventory area (for example, a row on the shelf), and deduplicating all collected bin identification codes. A combination of bin IDs. At this time, the entire queue of material box identification codes corresponds to the entire inventory area or a part of the inventory area, while the material box identification codes inside the queue of material box identification codes cannot accurately correspond to a certain warehouse location or inventory unit.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人以盘点单元为单位进行盘点。盘点机器人可以识别,目前是针对某个盘点单元进行盘点,那么所采集到的料箱识别码将对应于这一盘点单元。将对应于某个盘点单元的料箱识别码视为一个料箱识别码集合,将这些料箱识别码集合组合起来,就形成了料箱识别码队列。In one embodiment, the stocktaking robot performs stocktaking in units of stocktaking units. The inventory robot can identify that it is currently performing an inventory for a certain inventory unit, so the collected material box identification code will correspond to this inventory unit. The container identification code corresponding to a certain inventory unit is regarded as a set of container identification codes, and these sets of container identification codes are combined to form a queue of container identification codes.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置为间断地开启,每次开启都针对一个采集单元进行采集,则在单次开启中采集到的所有料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,当相继采集到的两个料箱识别码所对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值时,可以认为两个料箱识别码来自同一个盘点单元,故该两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。例如,可以设定,采集时间点的差值小于1毫秒的相继采集到的两个料箱识别码,来自同一个盘点单元。在一个实施例中,盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,当相继采集到的两个料箱识别码被采集时料箱识别装置对应的地理位置的差距小于预设值,可以认为两个料箱识别码来自同一个盘点单元,故所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。例如,可以设定,若相继采集到的两个料箱识别码被采集到时,盘点机器人对应于仓库平面内的同一地理坐标,且安装料箱识别装置的机械臂处于同一高度,则认为这两个料箱识别码来自同一个盘点单元。In one embodiment, the bin identification device is intermittently turned on, and each time it is turned on, a collection unit is collected, and all bin identification codes collected during a single opening are classified into the same bin identification code set . In one embodiment, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on. When the difference between the collection time points corresponding to the two bin identification codes collected successively is less than a preset value, it can be considered that the two bin identification codes are codes come from the same inventory unit, so the two bin IDs are included in the same bin ID set. For example, it can be set that the two successively collected bin identification codes whose difference in collection time is less than 1 millisecond come from the same inventory unit. In one embodiment, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on, and when the two bin identification codes collected successively are collected, the corresponding geographic location of the bin identification device is If the difference is smaller than the preset value, it can be considered that the two material box identification codes come from the same inventory unit, so the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set. For example, it can be set that if the two bin identification codes collected successively are collected, the inventory robot corresponds to the same geographical coordinate in the warehouse plane, and the mechanical arm installed with the bin identification device is at the same height, then it is considered that this Both bin IDs are from the same inventory unit.
在一个实施例中,为了提高盘点效率,盘点机器人在盘点时仅需识别料箱的料箱识别码,无需识别料箱所存放库位的库位标识码,即盘点数据中可以不包括所盘点的库位或盘点库位的库位标识码。In one embodiment, in order to improve inventory efficiency, the inventory robot only needs to identify the bin identification code of the material box during the inventory, and does not need to identify the location identification code of the location where the bin is stored, that is, the inventory data may not include the inventory. The logistics location identification code of the logistics location or inventory location.
在一个实施例中,若盘点区域内存在一个空库位,即未存放料箱的库位,则该库位对应的料箱识别码为空或为空码。In one embodiment, if there is an empty warehouse location in the inventory area, that is, a warehouse location where no material box is stored, the material box identification code corresponding to the warehouse location is empty or empty.
在一个实施例中,若盘点区域内的各个库位均未放置料箱,则该盘点区域对应的料箱识别码队列为空队列或为空码队列,即该料箱识别码队列内的料箱识别码的数量为0。In one embodiment, if no material box is placed in each storage location in the inventory area, then the material box identification code queue corresponding to the inventory area is an empty queue or an empty code queue, that is, the material box identification code queue in the material box identification code queue The number of case IDs is 0.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别码的集合可以为盘点机器人识别不同的存储货架的库位得到的,还可以为识别同一存储货架的不同层或不同列的多个库位得到的,还可以为识别物理空间上不连续或离散的多个库位得到。In one embodiment, the set of bin identification codes can be obtained by the inventory robot identifying different storage rack locations, or by identifying multiple storage locations on different layers or columns of the same storage rack, or by It is obtained to identify multiple warehouse locations that are not continuous or discrete in physical space.
在一个实施例中,每个盘点机器人在执行盘点指令对应的盘点任务时,可以将所采集或识别的料箱的料箱识别码组成料箱识别码队列,并上报至调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, when each inventory robot executes the inventory task corresponding to the inventory instruction, it can form the bin identification codes of the collected or identified bins into a bin identification code queue, and report it to the dispatching device or the storage system.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在基于对应的盘点指令执行对应的盘点任务之后,将得到的包括料箱识别码队列的盘点数据上报至调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, after the stocktaking robot executes the corresponding stocktaking task based on the corresponding stocktaking instruction, it reports the obtained stocktaking data including the bin identification code queue to the dispatching device or the storage system.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在完成多个区域的盘点后,将多个区域对应的料箱识别码队列上报至用于管理盘点的信息系统,例如调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, after the stocktaking robot completes stocktaking in multiple areas, it reports the bin identification code queues corresponding to the multiple areas to an information system for managing stocktaking, such as a scheduling device or a storage system.
在一个实施例中,一个盘点区域可以对应一个盘点机器人,或者,可以由一个盘点机器人进行一个盘点区域的盘点。In one embodiment, one stocktaking area may correspond to one stocktaking robot, or one stocktaking robot may perform stocktaking of one stocktaking area.
在一个实施例中,一个盘点区域可以对应多个盘点机器人,或者,可以由多个盘点机器人进行同一个盘点区域的盘点。In one embodiment, one inventory area may correspond to multiple inventory robots, or multiple inventory robots may perform inventory in the same inventory area.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人可以为任意一个空闲的机器人,也可以为专门用于进行料箱盘点的机器人。In one embodiment, the stocktaking robot may be any idle robot, or may be a robot specially used for stocktaking of bins.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据各个盘点机器人所在的位置,基于就近原则,确定各个盘点区域对应的盘点机器人,进而将各盘点区域的盘点指令下发至对应的盘点机器人。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system can determine the inventory robot corresponding to each inventory area based on the proximity principle based on the location of each inventory robot, and then issue the inventory instructions of each inventory area to the corresponding inventory robot.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在接收到盘点指令之后,基于盘点指令移动至对应的盘点区域的盘点起点,开启料箱识别装置,如读码器、图像传感器等,读码器可以读取电子标签读码器、二维码或条形码读码器等,依次识别盘点区域内各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,得到该盘点区域的一个料箱识别码队列。在一个实施例中,在该盘点区域盘点完毕时,如行走至盘点终点时,则将该盘点区域的料箱识别码队列上传至调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, after the inventory robot receives the inventory instruction, it moves to the inventory starting point of the corresponding inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and turns on the bin identification device, such as a code reader, an image sensor, etc., and the code reader can read electronic The label code reader, two-dimensional code or bar code reader, etc., sequentially identify the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored in each location in the inventory area, and obtain a material box identification code queue in the inventory area. In one embodiment, when the inventory counting area is completed, for example, when walking to the end point of the inventory counting, the bin identification code queue of the inventory area is uploaded to the dispatching device or the storage system.
进一步地,盘点机器人在接收到盘点指令之后,可以根据盘点指令中盘点区域的位置,或者盘点区域中需要盘点的各个存储货架的位置,或者各个盘点节点的位置,进行路径规划,基于所规划的路径行走至盘点区域以及进行盘点区域内各个库位上存放的料箱的盘点。Further, after the inventory robot receives the inventory instruction, it can perform path planning according to the location of the inventory area in the inventory instruction, or the location of each storage shelf that needs to be inventoried in the inventory area, or the location of each inventory node, based on the planned Walk the path to the inventory area and perform an inventory of the material boxes stored in each storage location in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在基于盘点指令进行对应的盘点区域盘点时,可以沿规划路线匀速行走,在行走期间开启料箱识别装置,以采集盘点区域内存放的各个料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the corresponding inventory area based on the inventory instruction, it can walk along the planned route at a constant speed, and turn on the bin identification device during walking to collect the bin identification of each bin stored in the inventory area. code.
在一个实施例中,如后续结合图3B与图3C所详述,可以根据需求选择或调整盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围(或称工作范围、扫描范围或盘点精度)。In one embodiment, as described in detail in conjunction with FIG. 3B and FIG. 3C , the identification range (or working range, scanning range or inventory accuracy) of the bin identification device of the inventory robot can be selected or adjusted according to requirements.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围可以为仅一个库位对应的范围,此时对应的识别模式为单库位模式。In one embodiment, the identification range of the bin identification device of the inventory robot may be the range corresponding to only one storage location, and the corresponding identification mode at this time is the single storage location mode.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围可以为多个库位对应的范围,此时对应的识别模式为多库位模式。In one embodiment, the identification range of the bin identification device of the inventory robot may be the range corresponding to multiple storage locations, and the corresponding identification mode at this time is the multi-storage location mode.
示例性的,以料箱识别装置为电子标签读码器为例,可以通过控制电子标签读码器的功率的方式,调整电子标签读码器的工作范围。Exemplarily, taking the case identification device as an electronic label code reader as an example, the working range of the electronic label code reader can be adjusted by controlling the power of the electronic label code reader.
进一步地,可以根据盘点区域对应的存储货架所包括的库位的行数和列数以及该盘点区域的盘点时间,确定执行该盘点区域的盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的类型,其中,料箱识别装置的类型包括单库位类型和多库位类型。单库位类型的料箱识别装置一次扫描可以仅识别一个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,即料箱识别装置的识别范围为单个库位;多库位类型的料箱识别装置一次扫描可以识别多个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,即料箱识别装置的识别范围为多个库位。Further, according to the number of rows and columns of the warehouse location included in the storage shelf corresponding to the inventory area and the inventory time of the inventory area, the type of the material box identification device of the inventory robot that executes the inventory area can be determined, wherein the material box Types of identification devices include single-location type and multi-location type. The material box identification device of the single storage location type can only identify the material box identification code of the material box stored on one storage location in one scan, that is, the identification range of the material box identification device is a single storage location; the multi-location type material box identification device One scan can identify the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored in multiple storage locations, that is, the identification range of the material box identification device is multiple storage locations.
进一步地,多库位类型的料箱识别装置又可以划分为第一类型、第二类型和第三类型,第一类型的料箱识别装置一次扫描可以识别一列多行的库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,第二类型的料箱识别装置一次扫描可以识别多列一行的库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,第三类型的料箱识别装置一次扫描可以识别多行多列的库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。Further, the multi-location type material box identification device can be divided into the first type, the second type and the third type. The first type of material box identification device can identify the material stored on a column and multiple rows of storage locations in one scan. The material box identification code of the box, the second type of material box identification device can identify the material box identification code of the material box stored on the warehouse location with multiple columns and one row, and the third type of material box identification device can identify multiple rows in one scan The material box identification code of the material box stored on the warehouse location of multiple rows.
参照图3A,不同类型的料箱识别装置输出的射束或视野范围不同。图3A为本公开图2所示实施例中料箱识别装置的射束的示意图,如图3A所示,射束r1在竖直平面的投影的形状为椭圆形,对应的料箱识别装置的类型为第一类型,以识别一列多行个库位;射束r2在竖直平面的投影的形状为椭圆形,对应的料箱识别装置的类型为第二类型,以识别多列一行库位,射束r3在竖直平面的投影的形状为圆形,对应的料箱识别装置的类型为第三类型,以识别多列多行个库位,射束r4竖直平面的投影的形状为圆形或椭圆形,对应的料箱识别装置的类型为单库位类型,以识别单个库位。应该理解,对应第三类型的射束r3也可以是椭圆形。Referring to FIG. 3A , different types of bin identification devices output different beams or field of view ranges. Fig. 3A is a schematic diagram of the beam of the bin identification device in the embodiment shown in Fig. 2 of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 3A, the shape of the projection of the beam r1 on the vertical plane is elliptical, and the corresponding bin identification device The type is the first type, to identify a column with multiple rows of storage locations; the shape of the projection of the beam r2 on the vertical plane is an ellipse, and the type of the corresponding material box identification device is the second type, to identify multiple columns and a row of storage locations , the shape of the projection of the beam r3 on the vertical plane is circular, and the type of the corresponding bin identification device is the third type, to identify multiple columns, multiple rows and storage locations, and the shape of the projection of the beam r4 on the vertical plane is Circular or elliptical, the type of the corresponding bin identification device is a single storage location type to identify a single storage location. It should be understood that the beam r3 corresponding to the third type may also be elliptical.
在一个实施例中,可以选择具有合适射束(或视野)的料箱识别装置,从而实现上述各种类型的料箱识别装置。In one embodiment, a bin identification device with a suitable beam (or field of view) can be selected to realize the various types of bin identification devices described above.
在一个实施例中,可以通过调整料箱识别装置的外围装置,来调整料箱识别装置的射束(或视野)的形状,从而实现上述各种类型的料箱识别装置。In one embodiment, the shape of the beam (or field of view) of the material box identification device can be adjusted by adjusting the peripheral devices of the material box identification device, so as to realize the above-mentioned various types of material box identification devices.
在一个实施例中,该外围装置可以包括挡板,以改变料箱识别装置的射束(或视野)的形状。In one embodiment, the peripheral device may include a baffle to change the shape of the beam (or field of view) of the bin identification device.
示例性的,该外围装置可以对料箱识别装置的识别范围产生限制作用。例如,当料箱识别装置为相机时,该外围装置可以为限制视野范围的挡板。又例如,如当料箱识别装置为电子标签读码器时,该外围装置可以为阻挡和/或吸收某个方向射束的设施。Exemplarily, the peripheral device can limit the recognition range of the bin recognition device. For example, when the bin identification device is a camera, the peripheral device may be a baffle that limits the field of view. For another example, if the bin identification device is an electronic tag reader, the peripheral device may be a device that blocks and/or absorbs beams in a certain direction.
在一个实施例中,可以通过调整电子标签读码器的天线的内部结构,调整电子标签读码器的射束的形状。In one embodiment, the beam shape of the electronic tag reader can be adjusted by adjusting the internal structure of the antenna of the electronic tag reader.
在一个实施例中,可以通过调整电子标签读码器的功率,来调整电子标签读码器的射束的识别范围,以实现相应的识别模式。In one embodiment, the recognition range of the beam of the electronic tag reader can be adjusted by adjusting the power of the electronic tag reader, so as to realize the corresponding recognition mode.
在一个实施例中,可以通过调整料箱识别装置与存储货架之间的距离,来调整电子标签读码器在该存储货架所放置料箱上设置的料箱识别码所在平面上的识别范围。In one embodiment, by adjusting the distance between the bin identification device and the storage rack, the identification range of the electronic tag reader on the plane where the bin identification code set on the bin placed on the storage rack is located can be adjusted.
在一个实施例中,存储货架上所放置的料箱上设置的各料箱识别码大体上处于同一个竖直平面,即,若料箱上设置的料箱识别码不完全处于同一个竖直平面,彼此所处于的竖直平面也相距较近。此时,通过调整料箱识别装置与存储货架之间的距离,可以调整料箱识别装置在该竖直平面上的识别范围。将盘点机器人在盘点存储货架时料箱识别装置与该存储货架的距离,记为第一距离。当上述第一距离在一定范围内增大时,盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围随之增大。当上述第一距离在大于一定范围内增大时,盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围则随之缩小。In one embodiment, each material box identification code set on the material box placed on the storage shelf is substantially in the same vertical plane, that is, if the material box identification codes set on the material box are not completely in the same vertical plane planes, and the vertical planes they are in are also relatively close to each other. At this time, by adjusting the distance between the material box identification device and the storage shelf, the identification range of the material box identification device on the vertical plane can be adjusted. The distance between the material box identification device and the storage shelf when the inventory robot takes stock of the storage shelf is recorded as the first distance. When the above-mentioned first distance increases within a certain range, the identification range of the bin identification device of the inventory robot increases accordingly. When the above-mentioned first distance increases within a certain range, the identification range of the bin identification device of the inventory robot will decrease accordingly.
在一个实施例中,若盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围较小,使得料箱识别装置一次扫描仅可以识别一个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,即料箱识别装置的识别范围为单个库位,则第一距离可以为大于或等于安全距离的任意值,如0.1m、0.2m、0.3m或者其他值。其中,安全距离为盘点机器人在盘点时需要与存储货架或者盘点对象保持的距离。In one embodiment, if the identification range of the material box identification device of the inventory robot is small, the material box identification device can only identify the material box identification code of the material box stored on one storage location in one scan, that is, the material box identification device. If the identification range is a single storage location, the first distance can be any value greater than or equal to the safety distance, such as 0.1m, 0.2m, 0.3m or other values. Among them, the safe distance is the distance that the inventory robot needs to keep from the storage shelf or the inventory object during the inventory.
在一个实施例中,若盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的识别范围较大,使得料箱识别装置一次扫描可以识别多个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,即料箱识别装置的识别范围为多个库位,如一行多列个库位、 多行一列库位或多行多列库位,则第一距离可以为一个较远的距离,如0.5m、0.8m。In one embodiment, if the identification range of the material box identification device of the inventory robot is relatively large, the material box identification device can identify the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored on multiple storage locations in one scan, that is, the material box identification device. The identification range is multiple storage locations, such as multiple storage locations in one row, one storage location in multiple rows, or multiple storage locations in multiple rows, then the first distance can be a relatively long distance, such as 0.5m, 0.8m.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人可以通过调整盘点机器人的位置和/或姿态,或者调整其上设置的料箱识别装置的位置,从而调整料箱识别装置与所盘点的存储货架之间的距离(即上述第一距离)。In one embodiment, the inventory robot can adjust the position and/or posture of the inventory robot, or adjust the position of the bin identification device provided on it, thereby adjusting the distance between the bin identification device and the storage shelf being counted ( i.e. the first distance above).
参见图3B,图3B为本公开图2所示实施例中盘点机器人采用单库位模式盘点的示意图,如图3B所示,盘点机器人320的扫描范围为单个库位。存储货架的高度为5m,所包括的库位的层数为15层,相邻两个存储货架之间的巷道的宽度为1m,该宽度无法允许两个盘点机器人并行通过。盘点机器人320的料箱识别装置321与存储货架310的距离可以为一个较近的距离,如0.1m,从而避免距离较远而导致识别失败的现象。图3B中的虚线用于表示料箱识别装置321的扫描范围。盘点机器人320可以先将料箱识别装置321与存储货架310的第一行第一列库位对准,沿行所在方向行走,从而识别存储货架310第一行的各个库位。当对一行库位识别完毕,盘点机器人320可以将料箱识别装置321升高以与存储货架310的第二行最后一列库位对准,沿行所在方向行走,从而识别存储货架310第二行的各个库位。类似地,通过往复行走以及改变料箱识别装置321的高度的方式,遍历存储货架310的所有库位,以实现对存储货架310的盘点,得到存储货架310的盘点数据。Referring to FIG. 3B , FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of the inventory robot in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure using a single storage location mode. As shown in FIG. 3B , the scanning range of the inventory robot 320 is a single storage location. The height of the storage rack is 5m, and the number of storeys included is 15. The width of the aisle between two adjacent storage racks is 1m, which cannot allow two inventory robots to pass in parallel. The distance between the bin identification device 321 of the inventory robot 320 and the storage shelf 310 can be a relatively short distance, such as 0.1 m, so as to avoid the phenomenon that the identification fails due to a long distance. The dotted line in FIG. 3B is used to indicate the scanning range of the bin identification device 321 . The inventory robot 320 can first align the material box identification device 321 with the first row and first column location of the storage rack 310 , and walk along the direction of the row, thereby identifying each location of the first row of the storage rack 310 . After the identification of a row of warehouse locations is completed, the inventory robot 320 can raise the material box identification device 321 to align with the last column location of the second row of the storage rack 310, and walk along the direction of the row, thereby identifying the second row of the storage rack 310 each warehouse location. Similarly, by reciprocating and changing the height of the bin identification device 321 , all storage locations of the storage rack 310 are traversed to realize the inventory of the storage rack 310 and obtain the inventory data of the storage rack 310 .
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人320扫描某一行货架时为持续行走状态,当盘点机器人320行走至所需盘点的库位的设定范围内时才开启料箱识别装置321,离开该设定范围后又关闭料箱识别装置321,直到行走至所需盘点的库位的设定范围内时再次开启料箱识别装置321。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot 320 scans a certain row of shelves, it is in a continuous walking state. When the inventory robot 320 walks within the set range of the warehouse location required for inventory, the bin identification device 321 is turned on and leaves the set range. Then turn off the material box identification device 321 again, and turn on the material box identification device 321 again when walking to the set range of the storage location required for inventory.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人320可以先识别或确定自身所在的当前位置,进而基于该当前位置确定是否行走至所需盘点的库位的设定范围内。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 320 may first identify or determine its current location, and then determine whether to walk within the set range of the storage location required for inventory based on the current location.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人320可以根据行走速度及库位尺寸,自动按一定时间周期开启及关闭料箱识别装置321,以实现料箱识别装置321只在行走至所需盘点的库位的设定范围内时才被开启。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 320 can automatically turn on and off the bin identification device 321 according to a certain period of time according to the walking speed and the size of the storage location, so that the bin identification device 321 can only walk to the storage location required for inventory. It is turned on only when it is within the setting range.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人320扫描某一行货架时为间断的行走状态,即行走至所需盘点的库位前时暂停行走,即在该所需盘点的库位前停下来,读取或识别该库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码后再次开始行走,直到到达下一所需盘点的库位前,依次类推,以间断行走的方式进行需要盘点的各个库位或各个盘点库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码的识别或读取。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 320 is in a discontinuous walking state when scanning a certain row of shelves, that is, it pauses when walking to the warehouse location required for inventory, that is, it stops before the warehouse location required for inventory, and reads or After identifying the bin identification codes of the bins stored in this warehouse location, start walking again until reaching the next warehouse location that needs to be counted, and so on, and carry out each warehouse location or each inventory warehouse that needs to be counted in the way of intermittent walking Identification or reading of the bin identification code of the bin stored on the position.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人320为速度有波动的行走状态,即盘点机器人320以较快的速度行走,直至行走至所需盘点的库位前,降低行走速度,读取该库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,之后再次以较快速度行走,直到到达下一所需盘点的库位前。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 320 is in a walking state with fluctuating speed, that is, the inventory robot 320 walks at a relatively fast speed until it reaches the storage location required for inventory, then reduces the walking speed, and reads the information stored on the storage location. The material box identification code of the material box, and then walk again at a faster speed until it reaches the next warehouse location required for inventory.
在一个实施例中,存储货架上各料箱具有已知的、规范的尺寸,且各料箱上设置的料箱识别码具有已知的、固定的位置,即存储货架存放的料箱均为标准料箱或规范料箱。此时,料箱识别装置321的识别范围可以比较小,以能准确捕捉到料箱识别码。这样可以减少对邻近库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码的串读,又可以减少料箱识别装置321的功率消耗,延长盘点机器人320的续航时间。In one embodiment, each material box on the storage shelf has a known and standardized size, and the material box identification code provided on each material box has a known and fixed position, that is, the material boxes stored on the storage shelf are all Standard bin or specification bin. At this time, the identification range of the material box identification device 321 may be relatively small so as to accurately capture the material box identification code. This can reduce the serial reading of the bin identification codes of the bins stored in adjacent storage locations, reduce the power consumption of the bin identification device 321 , and prolong the battery life of the inventory robot 320 .
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置321为电子标签读码器,料箱识别码为RFID等电子标签。In one embodiment, the bin identification device 321 is an electronic tag reader, and the bin identification code is an electronic tag such as RFID.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置321为照相机,料箱识别码为二维码等视觉识别码。In one embodiment, the bin identification device 321 is a camera, and the bin identification code is a visual identification code such as a two-dimensional code.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别装置321的串读严重,可以根据邻近库位以及该库位的邻近库位读取到的料箱识别码,识别出该库位上真正读到的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, if the cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 is serious, the material box identification codes that are actually read on the warehouse location can be identified according to the material box identification codes read by the adjacent warehouse location and the adjacent warehouse locations of the warehouse location. Box ID.
在一个实施例中,可以通过邻近库位以及该库位的邻近库位所读取的料箱识别码的交集,确定该库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。例如,盘点机器人沿巷道方向行走,以单库位模式对一行所有库位进行批量盘点时,在当前库位读到料箱识别码为A、B、C,在其同行前一库位读到A、B、D,在其同行后一库位读到B、C、E、F。将当前库位与前一库位读到的料箱识别码取交集,得到A、B。将当前库位与后一库位读到的料箱识别码取交集,得到B、C。最后,将这两次交集结果再取交集,得到B,即为该库位所存放料箱的料箱识别码。若料箱识别装置321的串读严重导致最后交集结果包含一个以上的料箱识别码,例如,最后交集所得结果为B、X,则可以通过判断该库位上本应放置的料箱B是否存在于交集结果中,来确定本次盘点是否成功。这是因为,采用上述取交集的方法,还是可以将与该库位在某些方向上不相关的料箱识别码去除掉,留下与该库位最相关的料箱识别码。所以,若最后交集结果仍包含一个以上的料箱识别码,则说明为在另一些方向上串读到的料箱识别码。例如,在上述实施例中,由于机器人沿着货架横向走动,以上取交集后足以排除在货架横向方向上串读到的料箱识别码,故可以判断为在竖直方向或在货架深度方向上串读到的料箱识别码。可以理解,根据这一思路,技术人员很容易设计合适算法,对具有常见识别范围的料箱识别装置321所进行的盘点解决串读问题,以识别出库位存放料箱的料箱识别码。在一个实施例中,可以使用工作在多库位模式下的盘点机器人,例如一次性读取同一行三个库位的盘点机器人,来实施上述盘点,并通过上述取交集的方法来准确确定某库位上料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the bin identification codes of the bins stored in the warehouse location can be determined through the intersection of the bin identification codes read by the adjacent warehouse location and the adjacent warehouse locations of the warehouse location. For example, when an inventory robot walks in the direction of the roadway and conducts batch inventory of all locations in a row in single location mode, it reads the identification codes of the material boxes as A, B, and C at the current location, and reads A, B, D, read B, C, E, F at the next storage location behind their counterparts. Take the intersection of the current storage location and the container identification code read in the previous storage location to obtain A and B. Take the intersection of the current storage location and the material box identification code read in the next storage location to obtain B and C. Finally, take the intersection of these two intersection results again, and obtain B, which is the material box identification code of the material box stored in this location. If the cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 seriously causes the final intersection result to include more than one material box identification code, for example, the result of the final intersection is B, X, then it can be judged whether the material box B that should be placed on the warehouse location is It exists in the intersection result to determine whether the inventory is successful. This is because, by adopting the above method of intersection, it is still possible to remove the bin identification codes that are not related to the storage location in certain directions, leaving the bin identification codes that are most relevant to the storage location. Therefore, if the final intersection result still contains more than one material box identification code, it means that it is a material box identification code serially read in other directions. For example, in the above-mentioned embodiment, since the robot walks horizontally along the shelf, the above intersection is sufficient to exclude the bin identification codes read in the transverse direction of the shelf, so it can be judged that the robot is in the vertical direction or in the depth direction of the shelf. The ID code of the bin read by serial. It can be understood that according to this idea, it is easy for technicians to design an appropriate algorithm to solve the problem of cross-reading for the inventory of the bin identification device 321 with a common identification range, so as to identify the bin identification code of the bin stored in the storage location. In one embodiment, an inventory robot working in a multi-location mode can be used, for example, an inventory robot that reads three locations in the same row at one time to implement the above inventory, and accurately determine a certain location through the above method of intersection. The identification code of the loading box of the storage location.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别装置321的串读严重,可以根据在库位上读取到的料箱识别码的信号 强度,识别出该库位上真正读到的料箱识别码。例如,料箱识别装置321的识别范围为单库位识别,在某库位处读取的料箱识别码为A、B、C,其信号强度分别为0.4、1.2与0.5,则可确定该库位处存放料箱的料箱识别码为B;若该料箱识别装置321在另一库位处读到的料箱识别码为E、F,其信号强度分别为0.3和0.2,则可以确定该库位没有存放料箱。In one embodiment, if the cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 is serious, the actual material box identification code read at the storage location can be identified according to the signal strength of the material box identification code read at the storage location. For example, the identification range of the material box identification device 321 is a single warehouse location identification, and the material box identification codes read at a certain warehouse location are A, B, and C, and their signal strengths are respectively 0.4, 1.2, and 0.5, so it can be determined that the The material box identification code of storing the material box at the warehouse location is B; if the material box identification code read by the material box identification device 321 at another warehouse location is E, F, and its signal strength is 0.3 and 0.2 respectively, then it can be Make sure there are no bins stored in this location.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别装置321的串读严重,可以将多个库位的料箱识别码读取完毕后,作为一个整体、不区分彼此先后顺序,与库存数据中预存的这些库位本应放置的料箱的料箱识别码进行比对。In one embodiment, if the cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 is serious, after reading the material box identification codes of multiple storage locations, as a whole, without distinguishing the order of each other, it can be compared with these pre-stored in the inventory data. Compare the material box identification codes of the material boxes that should be placed in the storage location.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别装置321的横向串读严重(沿巷道方向),可以先将一行库位的料箱识别码全部读取完毕。然后,将读到的所有料箱识别码去重,得到若干料箱识别码组成队列,再与库存数据中预存的该行库位本应放置的料箱的料箱识别码进行比对。若该库位本应放置的料箱的料箱识别码都在该队列内找到,则认为盘点成功,无需检查。若该库位本应放置的料箱的料箱识别码存在未在该队列内找到的,记为缺失料箱识别码,则将该缺失料箱识别码的料箱原本所在库位,确定为待检查单元。In one embodiment, if the horizontal cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 is serious (along the direction of the roadway), all the material box identification codes of a row of storage locations may be read first. Then, deduplicate all the read container identification codes to obtain a number of container identification codes to form a queue, and then compare them with the container identification codes of the material boxes that should be placed in the row location that are pre-stored in the inventory data. If all the bin identification codes of the bins that should be placed in the warehouse location are found in the queue, it is considered that the inventory is successful and there is no need to check. If the material box identification code of the material box that should be placed in the warehouse location is not found in the queue, it will be recorded as a missing material box identification code, and the original warehouse location of the material box with the missing material box identification code will be determined as Unit to be inspected.
在一个实施例中,由于料箱有可能放错在邻近库位上,故可以将该缺失料箱识别码原本所在库位及其附近一定范围内的一个或多个库位,确定为待检查单元,该范围可以根据需要确定。In one embodiment, since the material box may be misplaced on an adjacent storage location, the original location of the missing material box identification code and one or more storage locations within a certain range nearby may be determined as waiting for inspection unit, the range can be determined as required.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别装置321的竖向串读严重(竖直方向),可以先将一列库位的料箱识别码全部读取完毕,再作为一个整体、不区分彼此先后顺序,与库存数据中预存的该列库位本应放置的料箱的料箱识别码进行比对。In one embodiment, if the vertical cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 is serious (vertical direction), all the material box identification codes of a column of warehouse locations can be read first, and then as a whole, without distinguishing the order of each other , and compare it with the material box identification code of the material box that should have been placed in this column of warehouse locations pre-stored in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,若料箱识别装置321的横向及竖向串读都很严重,可以先一个存储货架上所有库位的料箱识别码全部读取完毕,再作为一个整体、不区分彼此先后顺序,与库存数据中预存的该存储货架所有库位上本应放置的料箱的料箱识别码进行比对。In one embodiment, if the horizontal and vertical cross-reading of the material box identification device 321 is very serious, all the material box identification codes of all locations on a storage shelf can be read first, and then as a whole, do not distinguish between each other The sequence is compared with the material box identification codes of the material boxes that should have been placed on all locations of the storage rack pre-stored in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,优先选取至少在某一个方向上基本没有串读的料箱识别装置321,来进行批量盘点。In one embodiment, the bin identification device 321 that has substantially no cross-reading in at least one direction is preferentially selected for batch inventory.
参见图3C,图3C为本公开图2所示实施例中盘点机器人采用多库位方式盘点的示意图,如图3C所示,盘点机器人340的扫描范围为一列多行个库位,图3C中以1列5行为例,盘点机器人340的料箱识别装置341的工作范围可以是1m~2m,与存储货架330的距离可以为0.5m~0.8m,以免工作范围过小,导致一次扫描无法识别多行的库位。这样也可以避免料箱识别装置341有过多工作范围处于货架后面的空间,从而对其后面存储货架的库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码造成较多串读。可以理解的是,上述的料箱识别装置341工作范围及与存储货架330的距离为示例,可以根据需要进行调整。Referring to FIG. 3C, FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of an inventory robot adopting a multi-location method for inventory in the embodiment shown in FIG. Taking 1 row of 5 rows as an example, the working range of the bin identification device 341 of the inventory robot 340 can be 1m to 2m, and the distance from the storage shelf 330 can be 0.5m to 0.8m, so as to prevent the working range from being too small, resulting in failure to identify in one scan Multi-line location. This can also prevent the bin identification device 341 from having too much working range in the space behind the shelf, thereby causing more string readings of the bin identification codes of the bins stored on the storage positions of the storage racks behind it. It can be understood that the above-mentioned working range of the bin identification device 341 and the distance from the storage shelf 330 are examples and can be adjusted as required.
图3C中,虚线用于表示料箱识别装置321的工作范围。料箱识别装置341的工作范围为一列五行。盘点机器人340可以先将料箱识别装置341与存储货架330的第一列第三行库位对准,沿行所在方向行走,从而识别存储货架330第一行至第五行的各个库位,进而将料箱识别装置341升高以与存储货架330的第八行最后一列的库位对准,沿行所在方向行走,从而识别存储货架330第六行至第十行的各个库位,进而将料箱识别装置341升高以与存储货架330的第十二行第一列的库位对准,沿行所在方向行走,从而识别存储货架330第十二行至第十五行的各个库位。这样,只走三趟,即可实现对存储货架330所有库位的盘点。对比图3B和图3C可知,采用多个库位的方式大大提高了盘点效率。In FIG. 3C , the dotted line is used to indicate the working range of the container identification device 321 . The working range of the bin identification device 341 is one column and five rows. The inventory robot 340 can first align the material box identification device 341 with the first row and the third row of the storage shelf 330, and walk along the direction of the row, thereby identifying each storage location from the first row to the fifth row of the storage shelf 330, and then Raise the bin identification device 341 to align with the last column of the eighth row of the storage rack 330, and walk along the direction of the row, thereby identifying the storage racks 330 The sixth row to the tenth row of each storage position, and then the The bin identification device 341 is raised to align with the location of the twelfth row and the first column of the storage rack 330 , and walks along the direction of the row, so as to identify each storage location of the twelfth row to the fifteenth row of the storage rack 330 . In this way, only three trips are required to take stock of all storage positions of the storage rack 330 . Comparing Fig. 3B and Fig. 3C, it can be seen that the method of adopting multiple storage locations greatly improves the inventory efficiency.
在一个实施例中,识别范围为一列五行的料箱识别装置341在某次开启时,可以识别某一列五行库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,如可以读到五个料箱识别码。In one embodiment, when the material box identification device 341 with a recognition range of one column and five rows is turned on, it can identify the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored on a certain column of five rows of storage locations, such as five material box identification codes can be read. code.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人340不对某次开启所读取的料箱识别码进行区分,将该次开启读到的料箱识别码与该次开启所对应的时间、顺序号、料箱识别装置341所在地理位置等能够标识该次开启的信息(后面简称“该次开启标识信息”)关联起来,并加入料箱识别码队列中。此种情况下,系统将该次开启读到的料箱识别码与库存数据中该次开启对应的库位上本应放置的料箱识别码进行比对,若比对结果为一致,则无需检查次开启对应的库位,若比对结果为不一致,则将该次开启对应的库位一同列为待检查单元,由人工或机器人对待检查单元,即该次开启对应的库位,进行进一步检查核验。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 does not distinguish the bin identification code read for a certain opening, and the bin identification code read for this opening is related to the time, sequence number, and bin identification code corresponding to the opening. The geographic location of the device 341 and other information that can identify the opening (hereinafter referred to as "the opening identification information") are associated and added to the bin identification code queue. In this case, the system compares the material box identification code read by the opening with the material box identification code that should have been placed on the storage location corresponding to the opening in the inventory data. If the comparison results are consistent, there is no need to Check the warehouse location corresponding to the opening time. If the comparison result is inconsistent, the warehouse location corresponding to the opening time will be listed as the unit to be inspected. The inspection unit, that is, the warehouse location corresponding to the opening time, will be processed by manual or robot. Check verification.
在一个实施例中,该次开启读到的料箱识别码与库存数据中该次开启对应的库位上本应放置的料箱识别码一致,并不意味着该次开启对应的库位上所存放的料箱都放在准确的位置上,例如,该次开启对应的库位上所存放的料箱之间有可能互换了库位或位置,但多库位盘点并不对该问题进行核查,这一问题可以通过优化机器人取料箱方法来解决,从而确保料箱盘点的效率。例如,当机器人取料箱时,发现库位上存放的料箱不对,则先核查在盘点中被一同盘点的另四个库位,都未找到所需取料箱,向系统发送“取货出错”信息。In one embodiment, the bin identification code read for this opening is consistent with the bin identification code that should have been placed on the storage location corresponding to the opening in the inventory data, but it does not mean that the bin identification code that should have been placed on the storage location corresponding to this opening The stored material boxes are all placed in the correct position. For example, the material boxes stored in the corresponding storage location may be exchanged with each other. However, multi-location inventory does not solve this problem. Verification, this problem can be solved by optimizing the method of robot retrieving bins, so as to ensure the efficiency of bin inventory. For example, when the robot picks up the material box and finds that the material box stored in the storage location is incorrect, it first checks the other four storage locations that were counted together in the inventory. If the required picking box is not found, the system sends a "Pick up Error" message.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人340根据某次开启所读取的各个料箱识别码的信号强度,确定出该次开启所读取的各个料箱识别码的具体对应的库位,例如,当料箱识别装置341为RFID等电子标签读码器时。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 determines the specific corresponding warehouse location of each bin identification code read during an opening according to the signal strength of each bin identification code read during a certain opening, for example, when When the bin identification device 341 is an electronic tag reader such as RFID.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人340根据某次开启所读取的料箱识别码在识别范围内的位置,确定出该次开启所读取的各个料箱识别码的具体对应的库位,例如,当料箱识别装置341为摄像机等图像识别设备时。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 determines the specific corresponding warehouse location of each bin identification code read during an opening according to the position within the identification range of the bin identification code read during a certain opening, for example , when the bin recognition device 341 is an image recognition device such as a camera.
在一个实施例中,可以将盘点机器人在各次开启所读取的料箱识别码与具体库位信息相关联,并加入料箱识别码队列中。In one embodiment, the bin identification codes read by the inventory robot each time it is opened can be associated with specific location information, and added to the queue of bin identification codes.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人340将各次开启所读取的料箱识别码与该次开启对应的标识信息关联起来,并且根据所读取的料箱识别码的信号强度,为所读取的料箱识别码设定内部序号。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 associates the bin identification code read each time with the identification information corresponding to the opening, and according to the signal strength of the read bin identification code, The internal sequence number is set by the container identification code.
在一个实施例中,由盘点机器人340根据该次开启对应的标识信息及该内部序号,确定该次开启所读取的料箱识别码对应的库位,并将这该次开启所读取的料箱识别码与对应的库位关联起来,上报仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 determines the storage location corresponding to the container identification code read by the opening according to the identification information corresponding to the opening and the internal serial number, and stores the location of the bin identification code read by the opening. The bin identification code is associated with the corresponding storage location and reported to the storage system or scheduling equipment or storage system.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人340将该次开启对应的标识信息及该内部序号上报仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统,由仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统确定该次开启所读取的料箱识别码对应的库位。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 reports the identification information corresponding to this opening and the internal serial number to the storage system or the dispatching equipment or the storage system, and the storage system or the dispatching equipment or the storage system determines the bins read by the opening The storage location corresponding to the identification code.
在一个实施例中,由于发生了串读,识别范围为一列五行的料箱识别装置341在某次开启时,可能读到多于五个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,例如读取到六个料箱识别码。In one embodiment, due to the occurrence of cross-reading, the material box identification device 341 with a recognition range of one column and five rows may read the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored on more than five warehouse positions when it is opened, for example Six bin IDs were read.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人340不对发生串读的某次开启读取的料箱识别码做区分,将该次开启读到的料箱识别码与该次开启对应的标识信息关联起来,作为一个料箱识别码集合,加入料箱识别码队列中。此种情况下,仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统将该次开启读到的料箱识别码与库存数据中预存的、该次开启对应的库位上本应放置的料箱识别码(最多为五个)相比对,若该次开启对应的库位上本应放置的料箱识别码均在该次开启读到的料箱识别码内,则无需检查该次开启对应的库位;若该次开启对应的库位上本应放置的料箱识别码存在未在该次开启读到的料箱识别码内的,记为缺失料箱识别码,则将该该次开启对应的库位一同列为待检查单元,由人工或机器人对该次开启对应的库位进行进一步检查核验。In one embodiment, the inventory robot 340 does not distinguish the bin identification code read in a certain opening where cross-reading occurs, and associates the bin identification code read in this opening with the identification information corresponding to the opening, as A collection of bin IDs, added to the queue of bin IDs. In this case, the warehousing system or dispatching equipment or warehousing system will read the material box identification code read by the opening and the material box identification code pre-stored in the inventory data that should have been placed on the storage location corresponding to the opening (at most 5) In comparison, if the bin identification codes that should have been placed on the storage location corresponding to the opening are all within the bin identification codes read by the opening, there is no need to check the storage location corresponding to the opening; if If the material box identification code that should have been placed on the storage location corresponding to this opening exists in the material box identification code that has not been read in this opening, it will be recorded as a missing material box identification code, and the storage location corresponding to this opening will be used. They are listed together as the unit to be inspected, and further inspection and verification will be performed on the warehouse location corresponding to this opening by manual or robot.
在一个实施例中,对于缺失料箱识别码对应的料箱,可以先核查该料箱是否位于与该次开启对应的库位附近一定范围内的库位,例如在邻近列、邻近货架等,该范围可以根据需要确定,例如依据需要的效率与准确度之间的平衡。In one embodiment, for the material box corresponding to the missing material box identification code, it may first be checked whether the material box is located in a storage location within a certain range near the storage location corresponding to the opening, such as in an adjacent column, adjacent shelf, etc., The range can be determined according to needs, for example, according to the required balance between efficiency and accuracy.
在一个实施例中,若缺失料箱识别码对应的料箱未处于与该次开启对应的库位邻近的库位,则可以记录该缺失料箱识别码,并与该次开启对应的库位的位置信息或标识信息关联起来(因为经检查后,确认该缺失料箱识别码所对应库位上缺失未放箱子后,则库存信息可能会被更新,则该缺失料箱识别码所对应的库位信息会丢失,因此可以将此关联关系提前记录下来),供其他区域盘点中发现或查找缺失料箱识别码对应的料箱使用。In one embodiment, if the material box corresponding to the missing material box identification code is not in the storage location adjacent to the storage location corresponding to the opening, the missing material box identification code can be recorded, and the storage location corresponding to the opening associated with the location information or identification information of the missing material box identification code (because after inspection, it is confirmed that the missing and unfilled boxes in the storage location corresponding to the missing material box identification code, the inventory information may be updated, and the corresponding missing material box identification code The location information will be lost, so this relationship can be recorded in advance), which can be used for finding or finding the material box corresponding to the missing material box identification code in other area inventory.
在一个实施例中,可以由多个盘点机器人对同一个盘点区域进行盘点。In one embodiment, multiple inventory robots can inventory the same inventory area.
在一个实施例中,每个盘点区域的盘点数据来自至少两个盘点机器人,且同一盘点区域的盘点机器人盘点顺序不同。通过多个盘点机器人以不同的盘点顺序进行同一盘点区域的盘点,通过多个盘点机器人的盘点数据的整合,即通过多个盘点机器人的盘点范围的交叉,可以更全面、准确地定位存放料箱有误的单元或库位。In one embodiment, the inventory data in each inventory area comes from at least two inventory robots, and the inventory robots in the same inventory area have different inventory sequences. Multiple inventory robots carry out inventory in the same inventory area in different inventory sequences, and through the integration of inventory data of multiple inventory robots, that is, through the intersection of the inventory ranges of multiple inventory robots, the storage bins can be more comprehensively and accurately positioned Incorrect unit or location.
在一个实施例中,同一存储货架由两个盘点机器人进行盘点,且两个盘点机器人在不同的巷道上对该存储货架进行盘点,巷道为存储货架之间或者货架与其他物体之间设置的供机器人行走的道路。In one embodiment, the same storage shelf is checked by two inventory robots, and the two inventory robots take inventory of the storage shelf on different lanes. The path the robot walks.
在一个实施例,存储货架为长条形,相邻设置的两个存储货架之间设置有用于供机器人行走的巷道,巷道与存储货架的长边平行,一个存储货架对应两条巷道。料箱相对的两个侧面上均设置有料箱识别码,在将料箱存放于库位上时,需要将设置有料箱识别码的一面朝向巷道。为了提高仓储系统的空间利用率,巷道通常设置较窄,仅可以允许一个机器人通过,则为了避免两个机器人在同一盘点区域内盘点时发生碰撞或路线冲突,可以设置两个盘点机器人在对同一存储货架盘点时,在该存储货架对应的不同的巷道上行走。In one embodiment, the storage racks are elongated, and an aisle for the robot to walk is arranged between two adjacent storage racks. The aisle is parallel to the long sides of the storage racks, and one storage rack corresponds to two aisles. The material box identification codes are arranged on the two opposite sides of the material box. When the material box is stored on the warehouse location, the side provided with the material box identification code needs to face the roadway. In order to improve the space utilization rate of the storage system, the aisle is usually set narrow enough to allow only one robot to pass through. In order to avoid collisions or route conflicts between two robots in the same inventory area, two inventory robots can be set up in the same inventory area. When taking inventory of storage shelves, walk on different aisles corresponding to the storage shelves.
在一个实施例中,进行同一存储货架盘点的两个盘点机器人采用镜像的方式进行该存储货架的盘点,即两个盘点机器人在盘点时的位置以及取放货装置的高度相对于存储货架对称,从而得到该存储货架对应的两组盘点数据。In one embodiment, two stocktaking robots that carry out stocktaking of the same storage shelf adopt a mirror image to carry out stocktaking of the storage shelf, that is, the positions of the two stocktaking robots and the heights of the pick-and-place devices during stocktaking are symmetrical relative to the storage shelf, Thus, two sets of inventory data corresponding to the storage shelf are obtained.
在一个实施例中,在一个实施例中可以通过同一存储货架对应的两组盘点数据取交集的方式,删除由于盘点机器人工作范围过大而导致串读的其他存储货架上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,从而提高盘点数据的准确度。In one embodiment, in one embodiment, the intersection of two sets of inventory data corresponding to the same storage shelf can be used to delete the materials of the bins stored on other storage shelves that are cross-readed due to the large working range of the inventory robot. Box identification code, thereby improving the accuracy of inventory data.
进一步地,为了减少进行同一盘点区域盘点的多个盘点机器人之间的干扰,可以通过控制指令为同一盘点区域的多个盘点机器人设置不同的盘点起点。盘点起点可以为盘点区域的存储货架一端对应的位置。当盘点区域对应多个存储货架时,不同的盘点机器人对应的存储货架的盘点顺序不同。Further, in order to reduce the interference between multiple inventory robots performing inventory in the same inventory area, different inventory starting points can be set for multiple inventory robots in the same inventory area through control instructions. The inventory starting point may be a position corresponding to one end of the storage shelf in the inventory area. When the inventory area corresponds to multiple storage shelves, the inventory order of the storage shelves corresponding to different inventory robots is different.
示例性的,若盘点区域O1对应两个存储货架,即存储货架H1和存储货架H2,盘点区域O1对应盘点机器人为盘点机器人R1和盘点机器人R2。通过控制指令可以控制盘点机器人R1先盘点存储货架H1,再盘点存储货架H2,以及控制盘点机器人R2先盘点存储货架H2,再盘点存储货架H2。Exemplarily, if the inventory area O1 corresponds to two storage shelves, ie, the storage shelf H1 and the storage shelf H2, the inventory robots corresponding to the inventory area O1 are the inventory robot R1 and the inventory robot R2. Through the control instructions, the inventory robot R1 can be controlled to first inventory the storage shelf H1, and then the storage shelf H2, and the inventory robot R2 can be controlled to first inventory the storage shelf H2, and then the storage shelf H2.
在一个实施例中,所述盘点指令用于指示同一盘点区域的其中两个盘点机器人采用相向行走的方式依次进行对所述存储货架的各单元的盘点,以得到所述存储货架的两组盘点数据,以使所述两组盘点数据的盘点顺序不同。In one embodiment, the inventory instruction is used to instruct two inventory robots in the same inventory area to carry out inventory of each unit of the storage shelf sequentially by walking towards each other, so as to obtain two sets of inventory of the storage shelf data, so that the inventory sequence of the two sets of inventory data is different.
在一个实施例中,盘点同一存储货架的两个盘点机器人可以采用沿该存储货架平行的两条巷道相向行走的方式进行同一存储货架的盘点。在一个实施例中盘点同一盘点区域的多个盘点机器人采用相向行走的方式,可以大大减少盘点机器人作业范围重叠的现象,从而减少盘点机器人之间的干扰。In one embodiment, two stocktaking robots that take stock of the same storage shelf can carry out stocktaking of the same storage shelf by walking toward each other along two parallel aisles of the storage shelf. In one embodiment, multiple inventory robots in the same inventory area walk in opposite directions, which can greatly reduce the phenomenon of overlapping operating ranges of the inventory robots, thereby reducing interference between inventory robots.
进一步地,同一盘点区域内盘点的两个盘点机器人,在对同一个存储货架进行盘点时,可以在存储货架两侧进行盘点,即行走在该存储货架对应的两条平行的巷道上,以相向行走的方式行走,即行走方向相反的方式行走,从而减少盘点机器人之间的干扰。Further, when two inventory robots in the same inventory area are inventorying the same storage shelf, they can perform inventory on both sides of the storage shelf, that is, walk on the two parallel lanes corresponding to the storage shelf to face each other. The way of walking is walking, that is, walking in the opposite direction, so as to reduce the interference between inventory robots.
在一个实施例中,同一盘点区域内盘点的两个盘点机器人的所行走的巷道平行,且该两个机器人在所行走的平行的巷道上行走方向相反。In one embodiment, the aisles of two inventory robots in the same inventory area are parallel, and the two robots walk in opposite directions on the parallel aisles.
参见图3D,图3D为本公开图2所示实施例中两个盘点机器人交叉盘点的示意图,如图3D所示,盘点机器人350和盘点机器人360负责对同一盘点区域进行盘点,如对同一存储货架,即存储货架370进行盘点。在盘点时,盘点机器人350和盘点机器人可以分别沿存储货架370两侧的巷道行走,采用单库位模式或多库位模式进行存储货架370的各个库位的盘点。在图3D中,盘点机器人350在盘点时沿存储货架370与墙体之间的巷道行走,盘点机器人360在盘点时则沿存储货架370与另一存储货架之间的巷道行走。Referring to FIG. 3D, FIG. 3D is a schematic diagram of cross-counting of two inventory robots in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. Shelving, that is, storage shelving 370 for inventory. During the inventory, the inventory robot 350 and the inventory robot can walk along the lanes on both sides of the storage rack 370 respectively, and use the single storage location mode or multi-storage location mode to carry out the inventory of each location of the storage shelf 370 . In FIG. 3D , inventory robot 350 walks along the aisle between the storage shelf 370 and the wall during inventory, and inventory robot 360 walks along the aisle between the storage shelf 370 and another storage shelf during inventory.
在一个实施例中,盘点同一存储货架的两个盘点机器人,如盘点机器人350和盘点机器人360,可以采用相同的模式进行对应的盘点区域的盘点,如均采用单库位模式或均采用多库位模式。In one embodiment, two stocktaking robots of the same storage rack, such as the stocktaking robot 350 and the stocktaking robot 360, can use the same mode to carry out the stocktaking of the corresponding stocktaking area, such as both adopting a single storage location mode or both adopting multiple warehouses bit pattern.
在一个实施例中,盘点同一区域的多个盘点机器人,对所读到的料箱识别码可以采用上述实施例中的处理方式进行处理,并将处理后的料箱识别码上报仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统。例如,对于存储货架370,盘点机器人350得到的料箱识别码为A1~A10、B1~B5,盘点机器人360得到的料箱识别码为A1~A10、C1~C6,则将两组料箱识别码取交集,得到A1~A10即为存储货架370的料箱识别码。而通过取交集排除掉的料箱识别码B1~B5,为盘点机器人350从一侧盘点时串读到的存储货架370背后的料箱的识别码,因为盘点机器人350的射束会一定程度上扩散至存储货架370的背后,对后排货架上放置的料箱进行串读。同样,通过取交集排除掉的料箱识别码C1~C6,为盘点机器人360从另一侧盘点时串读到的货架背后的料箱的识别码。In one embodiment, when taking inventory of multiple inventory robots in the same area, the read bin identification codes can be processed using the processing method in the above embodiment, and the processed bin identification codes are reported to the storage system or scheduling equipment or storage systems. For example, for the storage rack 370, the material box identification codes obtained by the inventory robot 350 are A1~A10, B1~B5, and the material box identification codes obtained by the inventory robot 360 are A1~A10, C1~C6, then the two groups of material boxes are identified Take the intersection of the codes to obtain A1-A10 which are the material box identification codes of the storage rack 370 . The bin identification codes B1-B5 excluded by taking the intersection are the identification codes of the bins behind the storage shelf 370 that the counting robot 350 reads when taking inventory from one side, because the beam of the counting robot 350 will be to a certain extent Diffuse to the back of the storage shelf 370, and serially read the material boxes placed on the rear shelf. Similarly, the bin identification codes C1-C6 eliminated by taking the intersection are the ID codes of the bins behind the shelves that the inventory robot 360 serially reads during inventory from the other side.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人350和360同时从两侧分别对存储货架370进行盘点。在一个实施例中,盘点机器人350先从存储货架370的一侧对它进行盘点,在盘点结束后的另一时刻,盘点机器人360再从另一侧对存储货架370进行盘点。In one embodiment, the stocktaking robots 350 and 360 carry out stocktaking on the storage shelf 370 from both sides at the same time. In one embodiment, the stocktaking robot 350 first takes inventory of the storage shelf 370 from one side, and at another moment after the stocktaking is finished, the stocktaking robot 360 takes stock of the storage shelf 370 from the other side.
示例性的,图3E为本公开图2所示实施例中存储货架盘点的示意图,如图3E所示,以盘点区域仅包括存储货架610和存储货架620,盘点区域由盘点机器人601和盘点机器人602进行盘点为例,则盘点机器人601可以在巷道1、主干道1以及巷道3上行走,行走方向如图3E中的箭头所示,从而使得盘点机器人601在存储货架610和存储货架620的一侧采集存储货架610和存储货架620各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,盘点机器人602则可以在巷道2、主干道1以及巷道4上行走,行走方向如图3E中的箭头所示,从而在存储货架610和存储货架620的另一侧采集存储货架610和存储货架620各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。Exemplarily, FIG. 3E is a schematic diagram of storage shelf inventory in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3E , the inventory area only includes storage shelves 610 and storage shelves 620, and the inventory area is composed of inventory robots 601 and inventory robots. 602 as an example, the inventory robot 601 can walk on the roadway 1, the main road 1 and the roadway 3. Collect the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored on the storage shelves 610 and 620 on the side, and the inventory robot 602 can walk on the roadway 2, the main road 1 and the roadway 4, and the walking direction is indicated by the arrow in Figure 3E display, so that the other side of the storage shelf 610 and the storage shelf 620 collects the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored on the storage shelves 610 and 620 in each location.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人601和盘点机器人602从两侧分别对存储货架610和存储货架620进行盘点后,对所读到的料箱识别码可以采用上述实施例中的处理方式进行处理,并将处理后的料箱识别码上报仓储系统或调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, after the inventory robot 601 and the inventory robot 602 respectively take inventory of the storage shelf 610 and the storage shelf 620 from both sides, the read bin identification codes can be processed by the processing method in the above-mentioned embodiment, And report the processed material box identification code to the storage system or dispatching equipment or storage system.
类似的,盘点机器人601和盘点机器人602分别得到的料箱识别码可以取交集,以得到排除了串读后的、存储货架610和存储货架620的料箱识别码。盘点机器人601和盘点机器人602对存储货架610和存储货架620的盘点可以是同时或者不同时的。Similarly, the bin identification codes respectively obtained by the inventory robot 601 and the inventory robot 602 can be intersected to obtain the bin identification codes of the storage shelf 610 and the storage shelf 620 after cross-reading is excluded. The stocktaking robot 601 and the stocktaking robot 602 may perform stocktaking on the storage shelf 610 and the storage shelf 620 at the same time or at different times.
在一个实施例中,步骤S203可以替换为步骤S204,步骤S204具体包括:In one embodiment, step S203 may be replaced by step S204, and step S204 specifically includes:
根据所述盘点区域的盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查单元,以对所述待检查单元进行检查。According to the inventory data in the inventory area and the inventory data in the inventory area, determine the units to be inspected in the inventory area, so as to inspect the units to be inspected.
在一个实施例中,待检查单元可以以盘点机器人的盘点精度(即识别范围)为单位。当盘点机器人的盘点精度为单个库位,如料箱识别装置为单库位模式,则待检查单元仅包括一个库位,盘点机器人的盘点精度为多个库位,如料箱识别装置为多库位模式,则待检查单元包括多个库位。In one embodiment, the unit to be inspected may be taken as the unit of inventory counting accuracy (ie, recognition range) of the inventory robot. When the counting accuracy of the inventory robot is a single location, if the material box identification device is in the single location mode, the unit to be inspected includes only one location, and the inventory accuracy of the inventory robot is multiple locations, if the material box identification device is multiple location mode, the unit to be inspected includes multiple locations.
示例性的,待检查单元可以为位于存储货架同一行或同一层的一个或多个库位。Exemplarily, the units to be checked may be one or more storage locations located in the same row or on the same floor of the storage rack.
示例性的,待检查单元可以为位于存储货架同一列的一个或多个库位。Exemplarily, the unit to be checked may be one or more storage locations located in the same column of the storage shelf.
示例性的,待检查单元可以为位于多行多列的多个库位,如2行3列的多个库位、3行3列的多个库位等。Exemplarily, the units to be inspected may be multiple storage locations located in multiple rows and multiple columns, such as multiple storage locations in 2 rows and 3 columns, multiple storage locations in 3 rows and 3 columns, and so on.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以按照盘点区域,依次确定各个盘点区域的待检查单元。针对每个盘点区域,比对该盘点区域的盘点数据以及预先存储的该盘点区域的库存数据,根据比对结果确定该盘点区域的待检查单元。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system may sequentially determine the units to be inspected in each inventory area according to the inventory area. For each inventory area, compare the inventory data of the inventory area with the pre-stored inventory data of the inventory area, and determine the unit to be inspected in the inventory area according to the comparison result.
在一个实施例中,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:当所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码均存在于所述料箱识别码队列中时,则确定所述盘点区域不存在所述待检查库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes: when each item corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data When all bin identification codes exist in the queue of bin identification codes, it is determined that the storage location to be checked does not exist in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的库存数据中是否存在缺失料箱识别码;若所述盘点区域的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述料箱识别码队列。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area If there is a missing material box identification code in the inventory data of the inventory area, it is determined whether there is the warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area ; Wherein, the missing bin ID does not exist in the queue of bin IDs.
在一个实施例中,该方法还包括,确定所述待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,与所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位。或者,确定所述待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位附近预设范围内的库位。预设范围可以人为设定,或采用默认范围。In one embodiment, the method further includes that determining the storage location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, the storage location corresponding to the missing container identification code. Alternatively, determining the storage location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, a storage location within a preset range near the storage location corresponding to the missing bin identification code. The preset range can be set manually, or a default range can be adopted.
在一个实施例中,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的料箱识别码队列中是否存在错放料箱识别码;若所述料箱识别码队列中存在错放料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中,且所述错放料箱识别码在所述库存数据中对应的库位与所述盘点区域的距离超过第一预设距离;所述待检查库位包括在所述盘点数据中所述错放料箱识别码对应的库位或单元。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area, determining whether there is a location to be checked in the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area , judging whether there is a misplaced bin identification code in the bin identification code queue of the inventory area; if there is a misplaced bin identification code in the bin identification code queue, then determine that the inventory area has the waiting location; wherein, the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in each bin identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data, and the misplaced bin identification code corresponds to the inventory data The distance between the storage location and the inventory area exceeds a first preset distance; the storage location to be checked includes the storage location or unit corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,若盘点区域的盘点数据或料箱识别码队列中仅存在错放料箱识别码,可以确定该盘点区域不存在待检查库位,并为该盘点区域添加预设标记,以标识该盘点区域中存在错放料箱识别码,并将该错放料箱识别码与该盘点区域的库存数据关联,以便于进行该错放料箱识别码对应的料箱出库时,可以基于错放料箱识别码与盘点区域的库存数据的关联关系,定位该错放料箱识别码对应的料箱。In one embodiment, if there is only a misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data or bin identification code queue of the inventory area, it can be determined that there is no storage location to be checked in the inventory area, and a preset mark is added to the inventory area, To identify the misplaced material box identification code in the inventory area, and associate the misplaced material box identification code with the inventory data in the inventory area, so that when the material box corresponding to the misplaced material box identification code is out of the warehouse, The material box corresponding to the misplaced material box identification code can be located based on the association relationship between the misplaced material box identification code and the inventory data in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,还可以确定各个盘点库位或盘点单元在盘点数据中的库位,若盘点区域内的其中一个单元或库位在盘点数据以及库存数据中的料箱识别码不一致,则确定该单元、该库位所在的单元或该库位为待检查单元,其中,库位所在的单元为包括该库位的单元,单元对应的范围即为盘点机器人在进行盘点时的识别范围。In one embodiment, it is also possible to determine the location of each inventory location or inventory unit in the inventory data. If one of the units or storage locations in the inventory area has inconsistent material box identification codes in the inventory data and inventory data, then Determine the unit, the unit where the warehouse location is located, or the warehouse location as the unit to be inspected, wherein the unit where the warehouse location is located is the unit that includes the warehouse location, and the range corresponding to the unit is the identification range of the inventory robot when performing inventory.
在一个实施例中,盘点数据以及库存数据中的料箱识别码不一致可以为库存数据中的料箱识别码未存在于盘点数据中。In one embodiment, the inconsistency between the bin identification codes in the inventory data and the inventory data may be that the bin identification codes in the inventory data do not exist in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,单元在盘点数据以及库存数据中的料箱识别码不一致可以包括单元在盘点数据以及库存数据中对应的料箱识别码的数量不一致,例如,对于识别范围相对确定的料箱识别装置,例如,用作图像采集设备的照相机,并且盘点机器人等用于控制该料箱识别装置的设施运作都非常稳定,使得在进行该单元盘点时,发生串读的可能性很小,则当在该单元对应的位置处读取到的料箱识别码与库存数据中对应的料箱识别码的数量不一致时,则可以确定该单元在盘点数据以及库存数据中的料箱识别码不一致。In one embodiment, the inconsistency of the bin identification codes of the unit in the inventory data and the inventory data may include the inconsistency of the quantity of the corresponding bin identification codes of the unit in the inventory data and the inventory data, for example, for a bin with a relatively certain identification range The identification device, for example, a camera used as an image acquisition device, and the inventory robot and other facilities used to control the material box identification device are all very stable, so that when the unit inventory is carried out, the possibility of cross-reading is very small, then When the number of bin identification codes read at the position corresponding to the unit is inconsistent with the number of corresponding bin identification codes in the inventory data, it can be determined that the bin identification codes of the unit in the inventory data and inventory data are inconsistent.
在一个实施例中,单元在盘点数据以及库存数据中的料箱识别码不一致可以包括:单元在盘点数据中对应的多个料箱识别码中的至少一个与单元在库存数据中对应的多个料箱识别码不一致,例如,当料箱识别装置为RFID等电子标签读码器时,很容易发生串读,则可以通过这种方式确定单元在盘点数据以及库存数据中的料箱识别码不一致。In one embodiment, the inconsistency between the bin identification codes of the unit in the inventory data and the inventory data may include: at least one of the plurality of bin identification codes corresponding to the unit in the inventory data is different from the plurality of bin identification codes corresponding to the unit in the inventory data. The bin identification codes are inconsistent. For example, when the bin identification device is an electronic tag reader such as RFID, cross-reading is easy to occur. In this way, it can be determined that the bin identification codes of the unit in the inventory data and inventory data are inconsistent. .
示例性的,以单元包括2行2列的库位,即4个库位为例,库存数据中单元001对应的料箱识别码为LX01、LX02、LX10和LX11,盘点数据中单元001对应的料箱识别码为LX01、LX02、LX10和LX12,由于LX11和LX12不一致,则确定单元001内的各库位为待检查库位,或者确定LX11或LX12对应的库位为其中一个待检查库位。Exemplarily, taking a unit including 2 rows and 2 columns of locations, that is, 4 locations as an example, the bin identification codes corresponding to unit 001 in the inventory data are LX01, LX02, LX10, and LX11, and the identification codes corresponding to unit 001 in the inventory data The bin identification codes are LX01, LX02, LX10, and LX12. Since LX11 and LX12 are inconsistent, determine each location in unit 001 as the location to be checked, or determine the location corresponding to LX11 or LX12 as one of the locations to be checked. .
在一个实施例中在一个实施例中,可以针对每个盘点区域的各个盘点库位,比对该盘点库位在盘点数据和库存数据中对应的料箱识别码,判断两者是否一致,若不一致,即盘点库位在盘点数据和库存数据中对应的料箱识别码不一致,则确定该盘点库位所在的单元为待检查单元。其中,盘点库位为盘点区域中被盘点机器人盘点的库位,可以由仓储系统、调度设备或仓储系统或者由操作人员确定各个盘点区域的盘点库位。In one embodiment, for each inventory location in each inventory area, compare the corresponding material box identification codes of the inventory location in the inventory data and inventory data to determine whether the two are consistent. Inconsistency, that is, the bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory location in the inventory data and the inventory data are inconsistent, and the unit where the inventory location is located is determined to be the unit to be checked. Wherein, the inventory location is the location in the inventory area that is counted by the inventory robot, and the inventory location of each inventory area can be determined by the storage system, dispatching equipment or storage system, or by the operator.
在一个实施例中,针对每个盘点单元,若某个盘点单元在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码集合中,有某个料箱识别码未存在于该盘点单元在库存数据中对应的料箱识别码内(该盘点单元在库存数据中对应的料箱识别码可以为一个或多个,这视乎盘点单元包含的库位数量),并且该料箱识别码不是在该盘点单元附近放置的料箱识别码(例如,该未存在的料箱识别码对应的库位离该盘点单元或该盘点单元所在的盘点区域超过阈值距离,该阈值距离可以是料箱识别装置可能采集到的范围或在此范围上再叠加一个裕度),则确定该料箱识别码为错放料箱识别码。可以将该错放料箱识别码记录下来用于后续查找料箱,也可以将库存数据中错放料箱识别码本应存放的库位确定为待检查库位。In one embodiment, for each inventory unit, if a certain inventory unit is included in the set of material box identification codes corresponding to the inventory data, there is a certain material box identification code that does not exist in the material box identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data. In the box identification code (the number of material box identification codes corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data can be one or more, depending on the number of storage locations contained in the inventory unit), and the material box identification code is not placed near the inventory unit The material box identification code (for example, the warehouse location corresponding to the non-existing material box identification code exceeds the threshold distance from the inventory unit or the inventory area where the inventory unit is located, and the threshold distance may be the range that may be collected by the material box identification device Or superimpose another margin on this range), then it is determined that the material box identification code is the misplaced material box identification code. The misplaced material box identification code can be recorded for subsequent search for the material box, or the storage location where the misplaced material box identification code should be stored in the inventory data can be determined as the storage location to be checked.
在一个实施例中,若同一错放料箱识别码存在于多个待检查单元,则确定该多个待检查单元的交集为待检查范围,待检查范围内的各个库位为待检查库位,以对该待检查范围内的各个库位进行检查,以确定存放错乱的料箱。In one embodiment, if the same misplaced bin identification code exists in multiple units to be checked, then determine the intersection of the multiple units to be checked as the range to be checked, and each location within the range to be checked is the location to be checked , so as to check each storage location within the range to be checked, so as to determine the wrongly stored material boxes.
示例性的,图3F为本公开图2所示实施例中待检查范围确定的示意图,如图3F所示,已经确定单元381和单元382中均存在错放料箱识别码,即单元381和单元382均为待检查单元,单元381和单元382包括的库位参见图3E所示,单元381和单元382的交集为库位K31和库位K32,则可以确定待检查范围为库位K31和库位K32。Exemplarily, FIG. 3F is a schematic diagram of determining the range to be inspected in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3F , it has been determined that there are misplaced bin identification codes in both units 381 and 382, that is, units 381 and 382 Unit 382 is a unit to be checked, and the storage positions included in unit 381 and unit 382 are shown in FIG. Stock location K32.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统在接收到各个盘点区域的盘点数据之后,还可以根据盘点数据中的料箱识别码队列,确定盘点数据中各个料箱识别码对应的库位。其中,料箱识别码队列包括盘点数据中的各个料箱识别码。In one embodiment, after receiving the inventory data of each inventory area, the dispatching device or storage system can also determine the storage location corresponding to each bin identification code in the inventory data according to the queue of bin identification codes in the inventory data. Wherein, the queue of material box identification codes includes each material box identification code in the inventory data.
由于盘点机器人在执行盘点指令,即对对应的盘点区域进行盘点的过程是盘点机器人自发进行的,调度设备或仓储系统无需实时控制盘点机器人所盘点的库位,而是由盘点机器人基于所设置的盘点程序以及接收的盘点指令,自行进行盘点区域的盘点。故而,由于盘点机器人的行走控制精度的波动、料箱识别装置的识别范围过大等,导致盘点数据中可能会存在一个库位对应多个料箱识别码的现象。则调度设备或仓储系统在接收到盘点数据之后,还可以根据盘点数据中各个料箱识别码对应的信号强度,确定各个盘点库位在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码。Since the inventory robot is executing the inventory instruction, that is, the process of inventorying the corresponding inventory area is carried out spontaneously by the inventory robot, the dispatching equipment or storage system does not need to control the inventory location of the inventory robot in real time, but the inventory robot based on the set The stocktaking program and the received stocktaking instructions will carry out the stocktaking of the stocktaking area by itself. Therefore, due to the fluctuation of the walking control accuracy of the inventory robot, the identification range of the material box identification device is too large, etc., there may be a phenomenon in the inventory data that one warehouse location corresponds to multiple material box identification codes. Then, after receiving the inventory data, the scheduling device or storage system can also determine the corresponding bin identification codes of each inventory location in the inventory data according to the signal strength corresponding to each bin identification code in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,针对在盘点数据中对应多个料箱识别码的盘点库位,可以删除该盘点库位在盘点数据中信号强度小于第一强度阈值的料箱识别码。其中,第一强度阈值可以根据现场测试值而确定。In one embodiment, for an inventory location corresponding to multiple bin identification codes in the inventory data, bin identification codes whose signal strength in the inventory data is lower than the first intensity threshold for the inventory location may be deleted. Wherein, the first intensity threshold may be determined according to field test values.
进一步地,针对在盘点数据中对应多个料箱识别码的盘点库位,可以根据盘点库位的位置以及盘点库位在盘点数据中对应的多个料箱识别码的信号强度,对盘点库位在盘点数据中对应的多个料箱识别码进行筛选,以减少盘点库位在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码的数量。Further, for the inventory location corresponding to a plurality of material box identification codes in the inventory data, the inventory location can be checked according to the position of the inventory location and the signal strength of the multiple material box identification codes corresponding to the inventory location in the inventory data. A plurality of material box identification codes corresponding to the location in the inventory data are screened to reduce the number of material box identification codes corresponding to the inventory location in the inventory data.
例如,盘点机器人采用多库位模式进行盘点,料箱识别装置为RFID采集器,盘点单元为2行2列的库位(此时盘点机器人的识别范围大致为2行2列个库位)。经测试,当料箱识别装置对准一个盘点单元时,采集到的来自盘点单元上放置料箱的RFID标签的信号强度在0.5-1.2之间波动,则可以设置信号强度阈值为0.3。当收到信号强度低于0.3的料箱识别码时,可以确定它并非来自正在采集的盘点单元,而应属串读而来的料箱识别码,可以直接将它删除。For example, the inventory robot uses a multi-location mode for inventory, the bin identification device is an RFID collector, and the inventory unit is a location with 2 rows and 2 columns (at this time, the identification range of the inventory robot is roughly 2 rows and 2 columns). After testing, when the bin identification device is aimed at an inventory unit, the collected signal strength from the RFID tag placed on the bin on the inventory unit fluctuates between 0.5-1.2, and the signal strength threshold can be set to 0.3. When receiving a bin identification code whose signal strength is lower than 0.3, it can be determined that it does not come from the inventory unit being collected, but should belong to the bin identification code read in series, and it can be deleted directly.
在一个实施例中,可以根据盘点库位的位置与设定位置点的最小距离,确定盘点库位对应的料箱识别码的信号强度范围。在一个实施例中,设定位置点是采集器所在位置。在一个实施例中,设定位置点是一个根据采集器所在位置而设定的位置点,例如,系统并不获取采集器所在位置,但能获取到一个参数,该参数对应采集器应在的大体位置。基于盘点库位对应的料箱识别码的信号强度范围对盘点库位在盘点数据中对应的多个料箱识别码进行筛选,以删除超出对应的信号强度范围的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the signal strength range of the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory location can be determined according to the minimum distance between the location of the inventory location and the set location point. In one embodiment, the set location point is the location of the collector. In one embodiment, the set location point is a location point set according to the location of the collector. For example, the system does not obtain the location of the collector, but can obtain a parameter corresponding to the location where the collector should be. general location. Based on the signal strength range of the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory location, the multiple bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory location in the inventory data are screened, so as to delete the bin identification codes that exceed the corresponding signal strength range.
为了提高库位检查的效率,待检查单元可以包括盘点数据与库存数据中料箱识别码不一致的各个问题库位,以及料箱识别码队列中问题库位对应的料箱识别码前后一个或多个料箱识别码对应的库位。In order to improve the efficiency of location inspection, the unit to be inspected can include each problematic location whose inventory data is inconsistent with the bin identification code in the inventory data, and one or more before and after the bin identification code corresponding to the problem bin location in the bin ID code queue. The storage location corresponding to each material box identification code.
在一个实施例中,选择具有适当识别范围的料箱识别装置341,以使得基于信号强度足以排除串读,则可以将盘点数据与库存数据中料箱识别码不一致的库位确定为问题库位。In one embodiment, the material box identification device 341 with an appropriate identification range is selected so that the signal strength is sufficient to eliminate cross-reading, and the storage location whose inventory data is inconsistent with the material box identification code in the inventory data can be determined as a problem storage location .
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置341的识别范围为小于或基本等于一个料箱的物理尺寸,以使得串读得到的料箱识别码的信号强度远低于放置在该库位上的料箱的料箱识别码强度,则可以将盘点数据与库存数据中料箱识别码不一致的库位确定为问题库位。In one embodiment, the identification range of the material box identification device 341 is smaller than or substantially equal to the physical size of a material box, so that the signal strength of the material box identification code obtained by serial reading is much lower than that of the material box placed on the warehouse location. If the strength of the bin identification code of the box is determined, the location where the bin identification code in the inventory data is inconsistent with the inventory data can be determined as the problem location.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置为图像识别设备,例如照相机。此时,料箱识别装置根据识别范围(即视野)内采集到的料箱识别码(即条形码、二维码等图形标识码)来确定是否存在相应料箱,且料箱识别装置具有较为确定的识别范围。因此,可以通过采集到的料箱识别码在识别范围内的位置,来确定是否处于串读而来的料箱识别码。例如,盘点为单库位模式,经测试,当料箱识别装置对准某库位时,采集到的料箱识别码都位于以识别范围为圆心、3厘米为半径的圆内,则可以确定一预设位置范围为以识别范围中心为圆心、5厘米为半径的圆,超过这一识别范围的料箱识别码为串读到的料箱识别码,可以直接从采集结果中删除。又例如,盘点为多库位模式,盘点单元为同一行三个库位,料箱识别装置的 识别范围大致为同一行三个库位。经测试,当料箱识别装置对准一个盘点单元时,采集到的料箱识别码都位于以识别范围中心为中心,以10厘米为长、3厘米为宽的长方形内,则可以确定一预设位置范围为以识别范围中心为中心,以15厘米为长、5厘米为宽的长方形,超过这一识别范围的料箱识别码为串读到的料箱识别码,可以直接从采集结果中删除。在一个实施例中,识别范围为长方形的图像识别设备可以通过遮挡视野的一部分来实现。应该理解,上述识别范围及预设位置范围仅为示例,其形状、大小可以根据实际情况而确定。In one embodiment, the bin recognition device is an image recognition device, such as a camera. At this time, the material box identification device determines whether there is a corresponding material box according to the material box identification code (ie, bar code, two-dimensional code, etc.) collected within the identification range (ie, field of view), and the material box identification device has a relatively certain recognition range. Therefore, it can be determined whether it is the serially read material box identification code through the position of the collected material box identification code within the identification range. For example, if the inventory is in the single storage location mode, after testing, when the material box identification device is aimed at a certain storage location, the collected material box identification codes are all located in a circle with the identification range as the center and a radius of 3 cm, then it can be determined A preset position range is a circle with the center of the recognition range as the center and a radius of 5 cm. The bin identification codes beyond this recognition range are serially read bin identification codes, which can be directly deleted from the collection results. For another example, the inventory is multi-location mode, the inventory unit is three locations in the same row, and the identification range of the material box identification device is roughly three locations in the same row. After testing, when the material box identification device is aligned with an inventory unit, the collected material box identification codes are located in the center of the identification range, and the length is 10 centimeters, and the width is 3 centimeters. Assume that the location range is a rectangle centered on the center of the identification range, with a length of 15 cm and a width of 5 cm. The bin identification codes beyond this identification range are the bin identification codes read in series, which can be directly obtained from the collection results. delete. In an embodiment, an image recognition device with a rectangular recognition range can be realized by blocking a part of the visual field. It should be understood that the above recognition range and preset position range are only examples, and their shapes and sizes may be determined according to actual conditions.
在一个实施例中在一个实施例中,在确定各个目标库位之后,可以根据各个目标库位的位置坐标,生成检查机器人的检查指令,以控制一个或多个检查机器人进行目标库位上存放的料箱的检查。在一个实施例中,检查机器人可以为任意一个空闲的机器人,如上述盘点机器人,或者可以为与盘点机器人类型不同的机器人,还可以为专门设置的用于进行库位检查的机器人。In one embodiment, after each target storage location is determined, an inspection instruction of the inspection robot can be generated according to the position coordinates of each target storage location, so as to control one or more inspection robots to carry out storage on the target storage location. inspection of the bins. In one embodiment, the inspection robot may be any idle robot, such as the inventory robot mentioned above, or may be a robot of a different type from the inventory robot, or may be a robot specially set up for warehouse location inspection.
本公开实施例提供的料箱盘点方法,基于盘点区域的盘点指令控制盘点机器人进行该盘点区域的盘点,得到该盘点区域的盘点数据,该盘点数据包括所盘点的多个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码组成的料箱识别码队列;在盘点完毕时,基于该盘点区域的盘点数据以及预先存储的该盘点区域的库位数据,判断该盘点区域是否存在需要进一步检查的待检查库位,从而实现了基于区域的批量盘点,提高了盘点效率,同时,通过盘点实现了对存在放错的料箱的盘点区域的复核,从而保证料箱出库任务顺利无误地进行,提高了出库任务的作业效率。In the bin inventory method provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure, the inventory robot is controlled based on the inventory command of the inventory area to carry out the inventory of the inventory area, and the inventory data of the inventory area is obtained. The bin identification code queue composed of the bin identification codes of the bins; when the inventory is completed, based on the inventory data of the inventory area and the pre-stored location data of the inventory area, it is judged whether there is a need for further inspection in the inventory area to be checked warehouse location, thereby realizing batch inventory based on area and improving the efficiency of inventory. At the same time, through inventory, the review of the inventory area with misplaced material boxes is realized, so as to ensure the smooth and error-free progress of the material box delivery task and improve the efficiency of the inventory. Operational efficiency of outbound tasks.
一些仓库使用多深位货架,以提高存储密度,如使用双深位货架。图3G为本公开一个实施例提供的多深位货架的批量盘点的示意图,如图3G所示,在图3G所示的多深位货架390中,一行货架上放置着四排料箱,无论从货架哪一侧进行取货,机器人都必须挪开一个料箱,才能取到位于货架深处的料箱。对多深位货架进行盘点时,当料箱识别装置的识别范围能够精准确定时,可以精准确定识别范围会涉及哪些料箱,则可以以盘点单元为单位,对多深位货架进行盘点,如图3G所示。此时的“盘点单元”为立体的,可以包括位于货架深处的库位,如包括货架深度(D)、长度和高度(H)三个互相垂直的方向的库位。Some warehouses use multi-deep racks to increase storage density, such as double-deep racks. FIG. 3G is a schematic diagram of batch inventory of multi-deep shelves provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 3G, in the multi-deep shelves 390 shown in FIG. From which side of the shelf to pick up the goods, the robot must move a material box to get to the material box located deep in the shelf. When inventorying multi-deep shelves, when the identification range of the material box identification device can be accurately determined, which material boxes will be accurately determined in the identification range, multi-deep shelves can be counted in units of inventory units, such as Figure 3G shows. The "counting unit" at this time is three-dimensional, and may include storage locations located deep in the shelf, such as storage locations in three mutually perpendicular directions including shelf depth (D), length, and height (H).
当难以准确确定料箱识别装置的识别范围时,即,难以确定料箱识别装置在某次识别中的识别范围涉及哪些料箱时,则可以以整个货架或货架的一部分为单位,将所采集到的料箱识别码作为一个整体,去重后形成料箱识别码队列,直接发送给信息系统。When it is difficult to accurately determine the identification range of the material box identification device, that is, when it is difficult to determine which material boxes are involved in the identification range of the material box identification device in a certain identification, then the entire shelf or a part of the shelf can be used as a unit. The received material box identification codes are taken as a whole, and after being deduplicated, a queue of material box identification codes is formed and sent directly to the information system.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置为RFID识别装置,且该料箱识别装置的天线经设计,以使得识别范围能包含同一行在货架深处的一到两个料箱,但不会涉及放置在其他行的料箱,则可以以货架的一整行为单位,将对这一整行盘点采集到的料箱识别码为一个整体,去重后形成料箱识别码队列,直接发送给信息系统。应该理解,对双深位货架同一行库位的盘点,可以只在货架的一侧进行,也可以分别从货架的两侧。并且,从货架两侧分别进行盘点可以为:从货架的一侧盘点完所有行后,再绕到货架另一侧盘点完所有行,由机器人或信息系统对采集到的料箱识别码按行进行拼接,再根据拼接所得的料箱识别码队列判断盘点是否成功。In one embodiment, the material box identification device is an RFID identification device, and the antenna of the material box identification device is designed so that the identification range can include one or two material boxes in the same row deep in the shelf, but will not involve For the material boxes placed in other rows, the material box identification codes collected for this entire row of inventory can be integrated as a whole, and a queue of material box identification codes is formed after deduplication, which is directly sent to the information system. It should be understood that the inventory of the same row of double-deep racks can be carried out only on one side of the rack, or from both sides of the rack. In addition, the inventory from both sides of the shelf can be: after counting all the rows from one side of the shelf, and then go around to the other side of the shelf to count all the rows, the robot or information system will sort the collected material box identification code by row Carry out splicing, and then judge whether the inventory is successful or not according to the queue of bin identification codes obtained by splicing.
应该理解,上述关于双深位货架的盘点方法,同样适用于其他多深位货架。It should be understood that the above-mentioned inventory method for double-deep shelves is also applicable to other multi-deep shelves.
图3H为本公开一个实施例提供的多深位货架的交叉盘点的示意图,如图3H所示,在对多深位货架进行盘点时,为了盘点到货架深处的库位,往往需使用识别范围较大的料箱识别装置,使得串读通常较为严重。为了提高盘点的准确度,可以使用交叉盘点的方法,去除掉串读的料箱识别码。例如,使用识别范围足以覆盖同一行上位于所有深度的料箱,从货架一侧对货架进行盘点后,再从货架另一侧对货架进行盘点,再将两次盘点而得的料箱识别码队列取交集,得到较为准确的货架上存放料箱的料箱识别码。此时的盘点一般为多库位模式,即盘点指令控制盘点机器人对盘点区域以盘点单元为单位进行盘点,则料箱识别码队列由多个料箱识别码集合组成,每个料箱识别码集合对应于一个盘点单元,或料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应,盘点单元由料箱识别装置的识别范围确定。在这种情况下,对两次盘点得到的料箱识别码队列取交集,是对相对应的料箱识别码集合分别取交集。也就是说,在两次盘点得到的两个料箱识别码队列中,每一个盘点单元都应该对应着两个料箱识别码集合,将这样两个料箱识别码集合取交集,称取交集后得到的结果为交叉料箱识别码集合,再将各交叉料箱识别码集合组合起来,得到交叉盘点队列。这一交叉盘点队列就是对货架进行交叉盘点得到的结果,是后续确定是否存在待检查库位的依据。应该理解,上述的交叉盘点方法适用于所有多库位模式盘点,而不仅限于对多深位货架的盘点。Fig. 3H is a schematic diagram of the cross-counting of multi-deep shelves provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. The large range of bin identification devices makes cross-reading usually serious. In order to improve the accuracy of stocktaking, the method of cross-counting can be used to remove the serially read bin identification codes. For example, using bins with an identification range sufficient to cover all depths on the same row, after counting the racks from one side of the rack, counting the racks from the other side of the rack, and combining the bin identification codes obtained from the two counts The queues are intersected to obtain more accurate material box identification codes of the material boxes stored on the shelves. The inventory at this time is generally a multi-storage location mode, that is, the inventory command controls the inventory robot to carry out the inventory in the inventory area in units of inventory units, and the bin identification code queue is composed of a set of multiple bin identification codes, and each bin identification code The set corresponds to an inventory unit, or the set of bin identification codes corresponds to the inventory unit one by one, and the inventory unit is determined by the identification range of the bin identification device. In this case, the intersection of the queues of bin identification codes obtained from the two counts is to intersect the corresponding sets of bin identification codes respectively. That is to say, in the two queues of bin identification codes obtained from the two inventory counts, each inventory unit should correspond to two sets of bin identification codes. Take the intersection of these two bin identification code sets, and weigh the intersection The final result obtained is a set of cross-box identification codes, and then the sets of cross-box identification codes are combined to obtain a cross-counting queue. This cross-counting queue is the result of cross-counting the shelves, and is the basis for subsequent determination of whether there is a storage location to be checked. It should be understood that the above-mentioned cross-counting method is applicable to all multi-storey mode stocktaking, not limited to multi-deep shelf stocktaking.
在一个实施例中,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置为间断地开启;所述料箱识别装置在移动至对应的盘点单元的预设位置时被开启,所述料箱识别码集合由每次开启时采集到的料箱识别码组成。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is intermittently turned on; the bin identification device moves to the corresponding The counting unit is opened at a preset position, and the set of material box identification codes is composed of material box identification codes collected each time it is opened.
在一个实施例中,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述料箱识别 装置为间断或持续地开启,若相邻采集到的两个料箱识别码所对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on, and if two bin identification codes collected adjacently If the difference between the corresponding collection time points is less than the preset value, the two bin identification codes are classified into the same bin identification code set.
在一个实施例中,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,若相邻采集到的两个料箱识别码被采集时所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on, and if two bin identification codes collected adjacently When the distance between the position of the container identification device is less than the preset distance when being collected, the two container identification codes are classified into the same container identification code set.
在一个实施例中,所述料箱识别装置的位置包括所述料箱识别装置的高度及所述盘点机器人的位置坐标中的至少一项。In one embodiment, the position of the bin identification device includes at least one of the height of the bin identification device and the position coordinates of the inventory robot.
在一个实施例中,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:对于所述盘点区域中的每一盘点单元,当所述盘点单元在所述库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于与所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别集合中,则确定所述盘点单元不存在所述待检查库位;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元均不存在所述待检查库位,则确定所述盘点区域不存在待检查库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes: for each inventory unit in the inventory area, when The bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data all exist in the bin identification set corresponding to the inventory unit, then it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked does not exist in the inventory unit; if the If there is no storage location to be checked in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is no storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第一单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第一单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,第一单元为对应的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述第一单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,所述待检查库位包括所述第一单元对应的各个库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area According to the inventory data, it is judged whether there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area; if the first unit exists in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein , the first unit is an inventory unit with a missing bin identification code in the corresponding inventory data, the missing bin identification code does not exist in the bin identification code set corresponding to the first unit, and the storage location to be checked Each storage location corresponding to the first unit is included.
在一个实施例中,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第二单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第二单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,所述第二单元为对应的料箱识别集合中存在错放料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述第二单元对应的库存数据中,且所述错放料箱识别码在库存数据中对应的库位与所述第二单元的距离超过第二预设距离,所述待检查库位包括第二单元对应的各个库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area According to the inventory data, it is judged whether there is a second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area; if the second unit exists in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein , the second unit is an inventory unit with a misplaced bin identification code in the corresponding bin identification set, the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the The distance between the storage location corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data and the second unit exceeds a second preset distance, and the storage location to be checked includes each storage location corresponding to the second unit.
在一些实施例中,当确定盘点区域存在待检查库位时,该方法还包括确定该盘点区域的待检查库位或待检查单元的步骤。具体为,根据该盘点区域对应的盘点数据和库存数据,确定该盘点区域的待检查库位或待检查单元。In some embodiments, when it is determined that there is a storage location to be inspected in the inventory area, the method further includes the step of determining the storage location or unit to be inspected in the inventory area. Specifically, according to the inventory data and inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, the storage location or unit to be inspected in the inventory area is determined.
可选的,图4为本公开一个实施例提供的确定待检查单元步骤的流程图,如图4所示,确定待检查单元的步骤,即上述步骤S204可以具体包括以下步骤:Optionally, FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the steps of determining the unit to be inspected provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4 , the step of determining the unit to be inspected, that is, the above step S204 may specifically include the following steps:
步骤S401,根据所述盘点区域的盘点数据中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,确定所述盘点区域内各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码。Step S401, according to the collection sequence of each bin identification code in the inventory data in the inventory area, determine the bin identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory area.
其中,采集顺序为盘点机器人的料箱识别装置采集或识别各个料箱识别码的顺序。Wherein, the collection sequence is the sequence in which the bin identification device of the inventory robot collects or recognizes the identification codes of each bin.
在一个实施例中,盘点数据中可以包括各个料箱识别码的采集顺序。In one embodiment, the inventory data may include the collection sequence of each bin identification code.
在一个实施例中,针对每个盘点区域的盘点数据,根据该盘点数据或该盘点数据的料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,确定该盘点区域的各个单元或者各个库位对应的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, for the inventory data of each inventory area, each unit or each storage location of the inventory area is determined according to the inventory data or the collection sequence of each bin identification code in the bin identification code queue of the inventory data Corresponding bin identification code.
在一个实施例中,采集顺序中的一个次序可能对应一个或多个料箱识别码。In one embodiment, a sequence in the collection sequence may correspond to one or more bin identification codes.
在一个实施例中,可以由盘点机器人确定各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,并按照采集顺序将所采集或识别的料箱识别码组成一个料箱识别码队列。In one embodiment, the inventory robot may determine the collection order of each bin identification code, and form a queue of bin identification codes with the collected or identified bin identification codes according to the collection order.
进一步地,盘点机器人可以根据各个料箱识别码的采集或识别的时间,确定各个料箱识别码的采集顺序。Further, the inventory robot can determine the collection sequence of each bin identification code according to the collection or identification time of each bin identification code.
进一步地,可以根据盘点机器人采集该料箱识别码时,盘点机器人当前的位置坐标以及取放货装置当前的高度,确定每个料箱识别码在采集顺序中的次序。Further, the order of each material box identification code in the collection sequence can be determined according to the current position coordinates of the inventory robot and the current height of the pick-and-place device when the inventory robot collects the material box identification code.
表1料箱识别码队列中的料箱识别码表Table 1 The bin identification code table in the bin identification code queue
Figure PCTCN2023071558-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2023071558-appb-000001
示例性的,表1为料箱识别码队列中的料箱识别码表,如表1所示,盘点机器人0045所需盘点的库位或对应的盘点库位为库位001至库位006,盘点机器人0045,上报的盘点数据中的料箱识别码队列为LXA01、LXA02和LXA03、LXA02和LXA03、LXA04、LXA05和LXA06,料箱识别码中的“LX”代表所标识的是料箱,料箱识别码中“LX”后面的编码可以根据料箱内存放的物料确定,如“A”表示积木玩具中的A类型的积木,料箱识别码中的数字可以为一个不重复的随机数或自增数,还可以根 据生产批次或物料到达仓储系统的时间确定。Exemplarily, Table 1 is a table of material box identification codes in the material box identification code queue. As shown in Table 1, the inventory locations required by the inventory robot 0045 or the corresponding inventory locations are location 001 to location 006, Inventory robot 0045, the queue of material box identification codes in the reported inventory data is LXA01, LXA02 and LXA03, LXA02 and LXA03, LXA04, LXA05 and LXA06. The code behind "LX" in the box identification code can be determined according to the materials stored in the box. For example, "A" indicates a type A building block in the building block toy, and the number in the box identification code can be a non-repeating random number or The auto-increment number can also be determined according to the time when the production batch or material arrives at the storage system.
在一个实施例中,可以由调度设备或仓储系统根据盘点数据中各个料箱识别码的采集时间确定各个料箱识别码的采集顺序。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system may determine the collection order of each bin identification code according to the collection time of each bin identification code in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,针对每个盘点区域的盘点数据,调度设备或仓储系统可以从盘点数据中提取各个料箱识别码以及各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,进而可以根据该盘点数据中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,确定各个料箱识别码对应的单元或各个单元对应的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, for the inventory data of each inventory area, the dispatching device or storage system can extract the identification codes of each material box and the collection sequence of each identification code of each material box from the inventory data, and then can The collection sequence of the box identification codes determines the unit corresponding to each material box identification code or the material box identification code corresponding to each unit.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在达到对应的盘点区域时,可以按照预设的盘点顺序对盘点区域的各个盘点库位或各个单元进行盘点,盘点顺序即机器人盘点各个盘点库位的顺序。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot reaches the corresponding inventory area, it can perform an inventory of each inventory location or each unit in the inventory area according to a preset inventory sequence. The inventory sequence is the order in which the robot counts each inventory location.
其中,盘点顺序可以包括盘点区域内的各个存储货架盘点的顺序,以及每个存储货架上各个盘点库位或单元盘点的顺序。Wherein, the inventory sequence may include the inventory inventory sequence of each storage shelf in the inventory area, and the inventory inventory sequence of each inventory location or unit on each storage shelf.
在一个实施例中,当盘点区域包括多个存储货架时,盘点指令中可以仅包括各个存储货架盘点的顺序,如指定各个存储货架盘点的顺序以及各个存储货架的盘点起点,以控制盘点机器人依次前往各个存储货架的盘点起点,进行各个存储货架的盘点。In one embodiment, when the inventory area includes multiple storage shelves, the inventory instruction may only include the order of each storage shelf inventory, such as specifying the order of each storage shelf inventory and the inventory starting point of each storage shelf, to control the inventory robot in turn Go to the inventory starting point of each storage shelf, and carry out an inventory of each storage shelf.
在一个实施例中,盘点顺序可以由调度设备或仓储系统指定,并存储在盘点指令中。In one embodiment, the inventory order can be specified by the scheduling device or the storage system, and stored in the inventory instruction.
示例性的,盘点机器人在盘点存储货架时可以按层进行,如盘点顺序可以为按照库位所在的层由高到低、首尾相接的顺序,即盘点机器人按照库位所在的层由高到低、首尾相接的方式依次盘点存储货架各层的各个库位或依次盘点各个单元。每个存储货架的盘点顺序还可以按列进行,如盘点顺序可以为按照库位所在的列由近及远、首尾相接的顺序,即盘点机器人按照库位所在的列由近及远、首位相接的方式依次盘点存储货架各列的各个库位或依次盘点各个单元。Exemplarily, when the stocktaking robot takes inventory of the storage shelves, it can be carried out by layers. For example, the stocktaking order can be in the order from high to low and end to end according to the layer where the storage location is located. Low, end-to-end method to take inventory of each location of each layer of the storage shelf or each unit in turn. The inventory order of each storage shelf can also be carried out by column. For example, the inventory order can be in the order of near to far and end to end according to the column where the warehouse location is located. In a connected manner, each warehouse location of each column of the storage shelf is sequentially counted or each unit is sequentially counted.
在一个实施例中,可以根据盘点数据中的机器人标识码确定盘点数据对应的盘点区域。In one embodiment, the inventory area corresponding to the inventory data can be determined according to the robot identification code in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,针对每个盘点数据,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据盘点数据中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序以及上报该盘点数据的盘点机器人的盘点顺序,确定各个库位或各个单元对应的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, for each inventory data, the dispatching device or the storage system can determine the corresponding storage location or each unit according to the collection sequence of each bin identification code in the inventory data and the inventory sequence of the inventory robot that reported the inventory data. bin ID.
在一个实施例中,可以通过将盘点顺序与采集顺序一一对应的方式,确定各个库位或各个单元对应的料箱识别码。即盘点顺序和采集顺序中次序相同的盘点库位与料箱识别码相对应。In one embodiment, the bin identification code corresponding to each storage location or each unit can be determined by one-to-one correspondence between the inventory sequence and the collection sequence. That is, the inventory locations with the same order in the inventory sequence and the collection sequence correspond to the bin identification codes.
当盘点机器人的料箱识别装置的工作范围产生波动时,将导致串读的现象,即盘点机器人读取到限定范围以外的库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。为了减弱串读对盘点的影响,盘点数据中还包括各个料箱识别码的信号强度,针对所对应的料箱识别码的数量大于预设数量的各个单元,可以根据各个料箱识别码的信号强度对盘点数据中该单元对应的料箱识别码进行筛选。其中,预设数量为单元包括的库位的数量,可以为1、2、3、4或者其他值。When the working range of the bin identification device of the inventory robot fluctuates, it will lead to the phenomenon of cross-reading, that is, the inventory robot reads the bin identification codes of bins stored in storage locations outside the limited range. In order to weaken the impact of serial reading on the inventory, the inventory data also includes the signal strength of each bin identification code. For each unit whose number of corresponding bin identification codes is greater than the preset number, the signal strength of each bin ID can be Intensity filters the bin identification code corresponding to this unit in the inventory data. Wherein, the preset quantity is the quantity of storage locations included in the unit, which may be 1, 2, 3, 4 or other values.
步骤S402,根据所述盘点区域内各个库位对应的料箱识别码以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查单元,并确定所述待检查单元的各个库位为所述待检查库位。Step S402, according to the bin identification codes corresponding to each warehouse location in the inventory area and the inventory data in the inventory area, determine the units to be inspected in the inventory area, and determine that each warehouse location of the unit to be inspected is the Describe the warehouse location to be checked.
其中,当单元包括多个库位时,待检查单元所包括的各个库位为待检查库位。Wherein, when the unit includes multiple storage locations, each storage location included in the unit to be checked is the storage location to be checked.
在一个实施例中,针对各个盘点区域的各个单元或各个库位,调度设备或仓储系统可以比对同一单元或同一库位在盘点数据和库存数据中对应的料箱识别码是否一致,若不一致,则确定该库位为其中一个目标库位。In one embodiment, for each unit or each storage location in each inventory area, the dispatching device or storage system can compare whether the same unit or the same storage location corresponds to the bin identification code in the inventory data and inventory data, and if not , then determine this location as one of the target locations.
在一个实施例中,若各个盘点区域均不存在待检查单元,则调度设备或仓储系统标识本轮盘点不存在异常。In one embodiment, if there is no unit to be checked in each inventory area, the scheduling device or the storage system identifies that there is no abnormality in the current round of inventory.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以预设周期发起仓储系统的盘点任务,进而生成各个盘点区域的盘点指令。预设周期可以为12小时、24小时、2天、5天、7天等。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system can initiate the inventory task of the storage system at a preset period, and then generate inventory instructions for each inventory area. The preset cycle can be 12 hours, 24 hours, 2 days, 5 days, 7 days, etc.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据仓储系统正在执行和等待执行的取放货任务的情况,判断是否触发仓储系统的盘点任务,若触发,则生成各个盘点区域的盘点指令,以在正在执行和等待执行的取放货任务较少,或者正在执行的取放货任务较少,且无等待执行的取放货任务时,触发盘点任务。In one embodiment, the scheduling device or the storage system can judge whether to trigger the inventory task of the storage system according to the situation of the pick-and-place tasks being executed and waiting to be executed by the storage system, and if triggered, generate inventory instructions for each inventory area to When there are fewer pick-and-place tasks being executed and waiting to be executed, or fewer pick-and-place tasks being executed and no pick-and-place tasks waiting to be executed, the inventory task is triggered.
可选的,所述盘点数据还包括所述盘点机器人采集各个料箱识别码时的位置坐标以及所述盘点机器人的取放货装置的高度,图5为本公开另一个实施例提供的确定待检查单元步骤的流程图,如图5所示,确定待检查单元的步骤可以具体包括以下步骤:Optionally, the inventory data also includes the position coordinates when the inventory robot collects the identification codes of each bin and the height of the pick-and-place device of the inventory robot. The flowchart of the inspection unit steps, as shown in Figure 5, the step of determining the unit to be inspected may specifically include the following steps:
步骤S501,根据所述盘点区域的盘点数据中各个料箱识别码对应的所述盘点机器人的位置坐标以及所述盘点机器人的取放货装置的高度,确定所述盘点区域内各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码。Step S501, according to the position coordinates of the inventory robot corresponding to each bin identification code in the inventory data of the inventory area and the height of the pick-and-place device of the inventory robot, determine that each inventory unit in the inventory area corresponds to bin ID.
其中,取放货装置为用于进行料箱提取或存放的装置,取放货装置上设置有料箱识别装置,以获取或识别料箱的料箱识别码。该取放货装置可以通过升降、平移、旋转等操作与存储货架上的各个单元或库位对准。Wherein, the loading and unloading device is a device for extracting or storing the material box, and the loading and unloading device is provided with a material box identification device to obtain or identify the material box identification code of the material box. The pick-and-place device can be aligned with each unit or location on the storage shelf through operations such as lifting, translation, and rotation.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在进行盘点时,如移动至所需盘点的存储货架的盘点起点,可以旋转取放货装置,以使料箱识别码远离所需盘点的存储货架,以避免由于料箱识别码的工作范围较大,而导 致料箱识别装置读取到所需盘点的存储货架远离盘点机器人的一侧的存储货架。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot is performing an inventory, such as moving to the inventory starting point of the storage rack required for inventory, the pick-and-place device can be rotated so that the material box identification code is far away from the storage rack required for inventory, so as to avoid due to The working range of the material box identification code is relatively large, which causes the material box identification device to read the storage shelf on the side away from the inventory robot.
在一个实施例中,相邻的存储货架之间供盘点机器人行走的巷道的宽度仅允许一个盘点机器人通过。In one embodiment, the width of the aisle between adjacent storage shelves for the inventory robot to walk allows only one inventory robot to pass through.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在进行存储货架盘点时,可以基于当前盘点的单元或库位所在的层数,升降盘点机器人的取放货装置,从而使得取放货装置对准当前盘点的单元或库位上存放的料箱设置料箱识别码的区域。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot is taking inventory of storage shelves, it can lift and lower the pick-and-place device of the inventory robot based on the current inventory unit or the number of floors where the warehouse location is located, so that the pick-and-place device is aligned with the current inventory unit Or the area where the material box identification code is set for the material box stored on the warehouse location.
在一个实施例中,存储货架各层的高度可调,则调度系统下发的盘点指令中还可以包括存储货架各层的高度,以使盘点机器人在盘点时,可以基于所盘点的存储货架各层的高度进行取放货装置的升降控制,从而与所盘点的存储货架各层库位的对准。In one embodiment, the height of each layer of the storage shelf is adjustable, and the inventory instruction issued by the dispatching system may also include the height of each layer of the storage shelf, so that the inventory robot can perform an inventory based on the inventory of each layer of the storage shelf. The lifting control of the pick-and-place device is carried out according to the height of the layer, so as to be aligned with the inventory positions of each layer of the storage rack.
在一个实施例中,存储货架各个库位的尺寸可调,如库位的高度和长短可调,长度所在的方向为盘点机器人在进行该存储货架盘点时行走的方向。则调度系统下发的盘点指令中还可以包括存储货架各个库位的尺寸,以使盘点机器人在盘点时,可以基于所盘点的存储货架各个库位的尺寸进行取放货装置的升降以及盘点机器人的行走速度或行走距离的控制,从而使得盘点机器人与所盘点的存储货架的各个库位对准。In one embodiment, the size of each location of the storage shelf is adjustable, for example, the height and length of the location are adjustable, and the direction in which the length lies is the direction in which the inventory robot walks when performing an inventory of the storage shelf. Then the inventory instruction issued by the dispatching system can also include the size of each location of the storage shelf, so that when the inventory robot is taking stock, it can lift the pick-and-place device and the inventory robot based on the size of each location of the storage shelf that has been counted. The walking speed or walking distance is controlled, so that the inventory robot is aligned with each location of the storage rack being inventoried.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在盘点时,可以在存储货架对应的巷道上采用往返的方式行走,以进行存储货架各层的库位的盘点。盘点机器人可以在行走时,调整取放货装置的高度,从而与存储货架的各层对准。采用按层的方式盘点可以减少调整取放货装置的次数,提高盘点的安全性。In one embodiment, the stocktaking robot can walk back and forth on the aisle corresponding to the storage shelf during stocktaking, so as to carry out stocktaking of the warehouse locations of each layer of the storage shelf. The inventory robot can adjust the height of the pick-and-place device while walking, so as to align with the layers of the storage rack. Taking inventory by layer can reduce the number of times to adjust the pick-and-place device and improve the safety of inventory.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在盘点存储货架某一层时,可以不停顿,采用较小的速度匀速行走,从而采集该层的各个单元或库位上存放的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot is inventorying a certain layer of the storage shelf, it can walk at a constant speed at a low speed without stopping, so as to collect the identification codes of the material boxes stored in each unit or storage location of the layer.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在盘点时,可以在存储货架对应的巷道上采用单程的方式行走,以采集该存储货架的各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the inventory robot can walk on the lane corresponding to the storage shelf in a single-way manner during inventory, so as to collect the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored in each location of the storage shelf.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在行走至每列库位对应的位置处时,盘点机器人停止行走,与该列的各个单元或库位对准,从而采集该列的各个单元或各个库位上存放的料箱识别码。为了减少取放货装置的调整次数,可以采用各列首尾相接的方式盘点。In one embodiment, when the stocktaking robot walks to the position corresponding to each column of storage locations, the inventory robot stops walking and aligns with each unit or storage location of the column, so as to collect information on each unit or storage location of the column Stored bin ID. In order to reduce the number of adjustments of the pick-and-place device, it is possible to take inventory in the way that each column is connected end-to-end.
示例性的,以所需盘点的存储货架包括6行6列,盘点机器人的料箱识别码的工作范围为3行1列为例,盘点机器人可以在处于该存储货架第1列对应的范围时,控制其取放货装置由第一高度升高至第二高度,以在第一高度处时进行第1列1至3行的库位的盘点,在第二高度处时进行第1列4至6行的库位的盘点;在处于该存储货架第2列对应的范围时,控制其取放货装置由第二高度降低至第一高度,以在第二高度处时进行第2列4至6行的库位的盘点,在第一高度处时进行第2列1至3行的库位的盘点,依次类推,以完成该存储货架的各行各列的库位的盘点,得到该存储货架对应的盘点数据。其中,第一高度可以为第2行所在的高度,第二高度可以为第5行所在的高度。Exemplarily, assuming that the storage shelf required for inventory includes 6 rows and 6 columns, and the working range of the bin identification code of the inventory robot is 3 rows and 1 column as an example, the inventory robot can be in the range corresponding to the first column of the storage shelf , control its pick-and-place device to rise from the first height to the second height, so as to carry out the stocktaking of the first row 1 to row 3 at the first height, and carry out the inventory of the first row 4 at the second height Inventory of the warehouse location up to row 6; when it is in the range corresponding to the second column of the storage shelf, control its pick-and-place device to lower from the second height to the first height, so as to carry out the second row 4 at the second height Inventory counting of the warehouse locations up to row 6, at the first height, the inventory location of the second column 1 to row 3, and so on, to complete the inventory inventory of each row and column of the storage shelf, and obtain the storage The inventory data corresponding to the shelf. Wherein, the first height may be the height of the second row, and the second height may be the height of the fifth row.
在一个实施例中,料箱识别装置可以为电子标签读码器,电子标签读码器输出的电磁波在垂直平面的投影可以为椭圆形,以一次性读取一列多行库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码或者一次性读取一行多列库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the material box identification device can be an electronic tag code reader, and the projection of the electromagnetic wave output by the electronic tag code reader on the vertical plane can be elliptical, so as to read the material stored on a column of multiple rows of storage locations at one time. The bin identification code of the bin or the bin identification code of the bins stored in a row of multi-column storage locations can be read at one time.
在一个实施例中,电子标签读码器输出的电磁波在垂直平面的投影可以为圆形,以一次性读取多列多行库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the projection of the electromagnetic wave output by the electronic tag reader on the vertical plane may be circular, so as to read the bin identification codes of the bins stored in multiple columns and rows at one time.
在一个实施例中,可以通过调整电子标签读码器的天线的内部结构、增加反射板等方式,调整电子标签读码的工作范围,以满足盘点需求。In one embodiment, the working range of the electronic tag reading can be adjusted by adjusting the internal structure of the antenna of the electronic tag reader, adding reflectors, etc., so as to meet inventory requirements.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在对每个单元进行盘点时,会对该单元或库位进行多次料箱识别码的读取,从而导致一个库位对应多个相同的料箱识别码,则盘点机器人在上报盘点数据之前,还可以对盘点数据中的料箱识别码进行去重处理,即当前料箱识别码的后一料箱识别码或前一料箱识别码与当前料箱识别码相同,且当前料箱识别码的后一料箱识别码或前一料箱识别码与当前料箱识别码的采集时间的间隔小于值,或者当前一组料箱识别码与后一组料箱识别码或前一组料箱识别码相同,且当前一组料箱识别码的后一组料箱识别码或前一组料箱识别码与当前一组料箱识别码的采集时间的间隔小于预设值,预设值可以为0.1s、0.3s、0.5s等,则删除后一料箱识别码或前一料箱识别码,以及删除盘点数据中后一料箱识别码或前一料箱识别码对应的数据。In one embodiment, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of each unit, it will perform multiple readings of the bin identification code for the unit or storage location, resulting in one storage location corresponding to multiple identical bin identification codes, Then, before the inventory robot reports the inventory data, it can also deduplicate the bin identification code in the inventory data, that is, the identification code of the next bin or the previous bin identification code of the current bin identification code and the identification code of the current bin codes are the same, and the interval between the collection time of the next bin identification code of the current bin identification code or the collection time between the previous bin identification code and the current bin identification code is less than the value, or the current group of bin identification codes and the next group of bin identification codes The box identification code or the previous group of material box identification codes are the same, and the interval between the collection time of the current group of material box identification codes or the previous group of material box identification codes and the current group of material box identification codes is less than the preset value, the preset value can be 0.1s, 0.3s, 0.5s, etc., then delete the next or previous material box identification code, and delete the latter or previous material box identification code in the inventory data The data corresponding to the bin identification code.
在一个实施例中,可以由调度设备或仓储系统在接收到盘点数据之后,对盘点数据中的料箱识别码进行去重处理,以减少所需处理的数据量,提高盘点结果生成的效率。In one embodiment, after receiving the inventory data, the dispatching device or the storage system may deduplicate the bin identification codes in the inventory data, so as to reduce the amount of data to be processed and improve the efficiency of inventory result generation.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统在接收到盘点机器人上报的盘点数据之后,可以提取盘点数据中的各个料箱识别码,以及各个料箱标识对应的盘点机器人的位置坐标和盘点机器人的取放货装置的高度,进而针对每个料箱识别码,根据该料箱识别码对应的盘点机器人的位置坐标和盘点机器人的取放货装置的高度,确定该料箱识别码对应的单元或库位。In one embodiment, after receiving the inventory data reported by the inventory robot, the dispatching device or the storage system can extract each bin identification code in the inventory data, as well as the position coordinates of the inventory robot corresponding to each bin identifier and the location of the inventory robot. The height of the picking and placing device, and then for each material box identification code, according to the position coordinates of the inventory robot corresponding to the material box identification code and the height of the picking and placing device of the inventory robot, determine the unit or units corresponding to the material box identification code location.
步骤S502,根据所述盘点区域内各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码以及所述盘点区域的库存数 据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查单元,并确定所述待检查单元的各个库位为所述待检查库位。Step S502, according to the bin identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory area and the inventory data in the inventory area, determine the units to be inspected in the inventory area, and determine the locations of the units to be inspected as The location to be checked.
可选的,图6为本公开另一个实施例提供的确定待检查单元步骤流程图,如图6所示,确定待检查单元的步骤可以具体包括以下步骤:Optionally, FIG. 6 is a flowchart of the steps of determining the unit to be inspected provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 6 , the step of determining the unit to be inspected may specifically include the following steps:
步骤S601,将所述盘点区域的盘点数据与所述盘点区域的库存数据进行比对。Step S601, comparing the inventory data in the inventory area with the inventory data in the inventory area.
具体的,可以将盘点区域的盘点数据与盘点区域的库存数据这两个集合中的各个料箱识别码进行比对,得到比对结果。该比对结果中可以包括盘点区域的盘点数据与库存数据中不匹配的料箱识别码Specifically, each bin identification code in the two sets of the inventory data in the inventory area and the inventory data in the inventory area can be compared to obtain a comparison result. The comparison result may include the bin identification codes that do not match between the inventory data in the inventory area and the inventory data
步骤S602,根据比对结果,确定缺失料箱识别码。Step S602, according to the comparison result, determine the missing container identification code.
其中,所述缺失料箱识别码为所述盘点区域的库存数据中不属于所述盘点区域的盘点数据的料箱识别码。即缺失料箱识别码存在于该盘点区域的库存数据中,而不存在于该盘点区域对应的料箱识别码队列或盘点数据中。Wherein, the missing material box identification code is the material box identification code of the inventory data not belonging to the inventory area in the inventory data of the inventory area. That is, the missing material box identification code exists in the inventory data of the inventory area, but does not exist in the material box identification code queue or inventory data corresponding to the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,可以在盘点区域的盘点数据中,查找盘点区域的库存数据中的每个料箱识别码,若未查找到该料箱识别码,则确定该料箱识别码为缺失料箱识别码。In one embodiment, each material box identification code in the inventory data of the inventory area can be searched in the inventory data of the inventory area, if the material box identification code is not found, then it is determined that the material box identification code is a missing material Box ID.
在一个实施例中,可以基于盘点区域的盘点数据与库存数据的差集,确定各个缺失料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the identification codes of each missing container can be determined based on the difference between the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area.
步骤S603,根据所述库存数据中各个所述错放料箱识别码的原库位,确定所述盘点区域的待检查单元,并确定所述待检查单元的各个库位为待检查库位。Step S603, according to the original location of each of the misplaced bin identification codes in the inventory data, determine the units to be checked in the inventory area, and determine each location of the unit to be checked as the location to be checked.
其中,缺失料箱识别码的原库位为库存数据中记录的该缺失料箱识别码的库位。Wherein, the original storage location of the missing material box identification code is the storage location of the missing material box identification code recorded in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,可以直接确定缺失料箱识别码的原库位为待检查单元或待检查库位。In one embodiment, it may be directly determined that the original storage location with the missing material box identification code is the unit to be inspected or the storage location to be inspected.
在一个实施例中,可以确定缺失料箱识别码的原库位以及该原库位的邻近库位组成的区域为待检查单元,其中,邻近库位可以为该原库位附近一定范围内的库位,例如,与该原库位直接相邻的库位,或者与该原库位位于同一行或同一列的库位,或者与该原库位的距离小于一定距离的库位。In one embodiment, it can be determined that the original storage location where the bin identification code is missing and the area formed by the adjacent storage locations of the original storage location is the unit to be inspected, wherein the adjacent storage location can be within a certain range near the original storage location A location, for example, a location directly adjacent to the original location, or a location in the same row or column as the original location, or a location that is less than a certain distance from the original location.
图7为本公开另一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图,本实施例本实施例提供的料箱盘点方法是在图2所示实施例的基础上,对步骤S203的进一步细化,以及在步骤S202之后增加确定采集顺序的步骤,如图7所示,本实施例提供的料箱盘点方法可以包括以下步骤:Fig. 7 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. In this embodiment, the bin inventory method provided in this embodiment is based on the embodiment shown in Fig. 2 and further refines step S203 , and adding a step of determining the collection order after step S202, as shown in Figure 7, the bin inventory method provided in this embodiment may include the following steps:
步骤S701,生成多个盘点区域的盘点指令,并将各个所述盘点指令发送至各个盘点机器人,以控制各个所述盘点机器人对所述盘点指令对应的盘点区域的每个盘点单元进行盘点,以得到各个所述盘点区域的盘点数据。Step S701, generating inventory instructions for a plurality of inventory areas, and sending each of the inventory instructions to each inventory robot, so as to control each of the inventory robots to perform an inventory of each inventory unit in the inventory area corresponding to the inventory instruction, so as to The inventory data of each inventory area is obtained.
步骤S702,接收各个所述盘点区域的盘点数据。Step S702, receiving inventory data of each inventory area.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以将对应同一盘点区域的盘点指令同时下发至多个盘点机器人。同一盘点区域的盘点机器人可以同时或者不同时响应所接收的盘点指令。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system can send the inventory-taking instructions corresponding to the same inventory-taking area to multiple inventory-taking robots at the same time. The inventory robots in the same inventory area can respond to the received inventory instructions at the same time or at different times.
在一个实施例中,若盘点机器人较长时间未响应对应的盘点指令,则将该盘点指令下发至其他的盘点机器人,以由其他的盘点机器人执行该盘点指令。在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在执行盘点指令时,还可以实时上报调度设备或仓储系统盘点机器人的位置坐标、取放货装置的高度、行走速度等参数,还可以上报盘点中断参数,以通知调度设备或仓储系统当前执行的盘点任务被其他任务中断,其中,其他任务可以为避让任务、取放货任务、异常维护任务等。避让任务为盘点机器人避让其他机器人的任务,具体策略可以为原地等待,行走至巷道口等。In one embodiment, if the inventory robot does not respond to the corresponding inventory instruction for a long time, the inventory instruction is sent to other inventory robots, so that other inventory robots can execute the inventory instruction. In one embodiment, when the inventory robot executes the inventory instruction, it can also report the location coordinates of the dispatching equipment or the storage system inventory robot in real time, the height of the pick-and-place device, the walking speed and other parameters, and can also report the inventory interruption parameters to notify The inventory task currently performed by the dispatching equipment or the storage system is interrupted by other tasks, wherein the other tasks may be avoidance tasks, pick-and-place tasks, abnormal maintenance tasks, and the like. The avoidance task is the task of the inventory robot to avoid other robots. The specific strategy can be waiting in place, walking to the entrance of the lane, etc.
步骤S703,针对各个盘点区域的盘点数据,根据所述盘点数据中各个料箱识别码的采集时间点,确定各个料箱识别码的采集顺序。Step S703, for the inventory data of each inventory area, according to the collection time point of each material box identification code in the inventory data, determine the collection order of each material box identification code.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据采集时间点所处的区间,确定盘点数据或料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system can determine the collection sequence of the inventory data or the container identification codes in the container identification code queue according to the interval of the collection time point.
可选的,若所述盘点数据对应的料箱识别码队列中相邻的两个料箱识别码的采集时间点的差值小于预设差值,则确定所述相邻的两个料箱识别码的采集顺序为同一顺序。Optionally, if the difference between the acquisition time points of two adjacent bin identification codes in the bin identification code queue corresponding to the inventory data is less than a preset difference, then determine that the two adjacent bins The collection sequence of the identification codes is the same sequence.
其中,预设差值可以为设定的一个较小的值,如0.1s、0.3s、0.5s等。Wherein, the preset difference may be a set smaller value, such as 0.1s, 0.3s, 0.5s and so on.
在一个实施例中,预设差值可以根据盘点机器人在采集时的最快速度确定,如可以为盘点区域长度对端的库位的长度与机器人采集时的最快速度的比值。In one embodiment, the preset difference can be determined according to the fastest speed of the inventory robot when collecting, for example, it can be the ratio of the length of the storage location at the opposite end of the length of the inventory area to the fastest speed of the robot when collecting.
步骤S704,针对每个盘点区域,根据所述盘点区域对应的所述料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序以及所述盘点机器人采集各个料箱识别码时的位置坐标,确定所述盘点区域内各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码。Step S704, for each inventory area, according to the collection order of each bin identification code in the bin identification code queue corresponding to the inventory area and the position coordinates when the inventory robot collects each bin identification code, determine the The bin identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in the above inventory area.
在一个实施例中,针对每个盘点区域,由于盘点机器人在进行该盘点区域的盘点顺序已知,可以根据该盘点区域对应的料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,确定各个料箱识别码对应的盘点单元。进而结合盘点数据或料箱识别码队列中记录的在采集或识别各个料箱识别码时盘点机器人的位置坐标,对各个料箱识别码对应的盘点单元进行复核。In one embodiment, for each inventory area, since the inventory order of the inventory robot in the inventory area is known, it can be determined according to the collection order of each bin identification code in the bin identification code queue corresponding to the inventory area. The inventory unit corresponding to the bin identification code. Furthermore, combined with the inventory data or the position coordinates of the inventory robot recorded in the queue of the bin identification codes when collecting or identifying each bin identification code, the inventory unit corresponding to each bin identification code is reviewed.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人在进行库位盘点时,需要移动至盘点单元或盘点库位对应的位置,从 而通过升降取放货装置与盘点单元或盘点库位对准。故而,根据盘点机器人在采集料箱识别码时的位置坐标,可以确定各个料箱识别码对应的料箱所在的库位所在的单元。通过基于位置坐标确定的料箱识别码对应的库位所在的单元对通过采集顺序确定的料箱识别码对应的盘点单元进行复核,以提高料箱识别码对应的盘点单元确定的准确度。In one embodiment, the inventory robot needs to move to the position corresponding to the inventory unit or the inventory location when performing inventory inventory, so as to align with the inventory unit or inventory location through the lifting pick-and-place device. Therefore, according to the position coordinates of the inventory robot when collecting the identification code of the material box, the unit where the storage location of the material box corresponding to each material box identification code is located can be determined. The inventory unit corresponding to the container identification code determined through the collection sequence is checked by the unit of the warehouse location corresponding to the container identification code determined based on the position coordinates, so as to improve the accuracy of determining the inventory unit corresponding to the container identification code.
进一步地,若料箱识别码对应的盘点单元未通过复核,则将该料箱识别码对应的盘点单元确定为其中一个待检查单元。或者若料箱识别码对应的库位未通过复核,则调度设备或仓储系统生成二次盘点指令,以控制其他盘点机器人按照该盘点机器人的盘点顺序对该料箱识别码对应的存储货架的各个盘点单元进行盘点,得到该存储货架的新的盘点数据,以覆盖该盘点机器人采集的该存储货架的盘点数据,以基于新的盘点数据确定该存储货架的各个盘点单元对应的料箱识别码。Further, if the counting unit corresponding to the bin identification code fails the review, the counting unit corresponding to the bin identification code is determined as one of the units to be checked. Or if the storage location corresponding to the material box identification code fails to pass the review, the dispatching device or the storage system will generate a secondary inventory instruction to control other inventory robots to follow the inventory order of the inventory robot for each storage shelf corresponding to the material box identification code. The inventory unit performs inventory to obtain new inventory data of the storage shelf to cover the inventory data of the storage shelf collected by the inventory robot, so as to determine the bin identification code corresponding to each inventory unit of the storage shelf based on the new inventory data.
步骤S705,针对各个盘点区域的各个盘点单元,判断所述盘点单元在库存数据以及在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码是否一致。Step S705 , for each inventory unit in each inventory area, it is judged whether the inventory data of the inventory unit and the corresponding bin identification codes in the inventory data are consistent.
在一个实施例中,针对每个盘点区域,可以从调度设备或仓储系统中存储的仓储系统的库存数据,确定各个盘点区域的库存数据。库存数据中可以包括各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码,还可以包括各个料箱中存放的物料信息。In one embodiment, for each inventory area, the inventory data of each inventory area can be determined from the inventory data of the storage system stored in the scheduling device or the storage system. The inventory data may include the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored in each location, and may also include material information stored in each material box.
在一个实施例中,可以根据盘点区域的库存数据,确定各个盘点单元对应的预设料箱识别码集合,针对盘点区域的每个盘点单元,判断盘点数据中该盘点单元对应的料箱识别码与该盘点单元对应的预设料箱识别码集合是否一致,若不一致,则确定该盘点单元为其中一个待检查单元。当盘点单元为单个库位时,预设料箱识别码集合中的料箱识别码的数量为1个。其中,预设料箱识别码集合为在库存数据中记载的该盘点单元对应的各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data in the inventory area, the preset box identification code set corresponding to each inventory unit can be determined, and for each inventory unit in the inventory area, the box identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data can be judged Whether the set of preset bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory unit is consistent, if not, determine that the inventory unit is one of the units to be checked. When the counting unit is a single storage location, the number of container identification codes in the preset container identification code set is 1. Wherein, the set of preset material box identification codes is the material box identification codes of the material boxes stored in each location corresponding to the inventory unit recorded in the inventory data.
在一个实施例中,若盘点单元在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码中不包括该盘点单元对应的预设料箱识别码集合中的某个料箱识别码,则确定该盘点单元在库存数据以及在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码不一致。In one embodiment, if the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data does not include a certain bin identification code in the preset bin identification code set corresponding to the inventory unit, it is determined that the inventory unit is in the inventory The data and the corresponding bin identification code in the inventory data are inconsistent.
在一个实施例中,若单元在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码与该单元对应的预设料箱识别码集合相同,则确定该单元在库存数据以及在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码一致。In one embodiment, if the bin identification code corresponding to the unit in the inventory data is the same as the preset bin identification code set corresponding to the unit, then determine the bin identification code corresponding to the unit in the inventory data and the inventory data unanimous.
可选的,若所述盘点单元在库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于所述盘点单元在盘点数据中,则确定所述盘点单元在库存数据以及在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码一致。Optionally, if the bin identification codes corresponding to the counting unit in the inventory data all exist in the counting data of the counting unit, then determine the identification of the bins corresponding to the counting unit in the inventory data and in the counting data The code is the same.
步骤S706,若所述单元在库存数据以及在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码不一致,则确定所述盘点单元为问题单元。Step S706, if the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the bin identification codes of the unit are inconsistent, then determine that the inventory unit is a problem unit.
在一个实施例中,还可以确定存在问题单元的盘点区域,存在待检查库位。该待检查库位至少包括问题单元对应的库位。In one embodiment, it is also possible to determine the inventory area where problematic units exist, and where there are storage locations to be checked. The storage location to be checked at least includes the storage location corresponding to the problem unit.
步骤S707,根据所述问题单元,确定所述盘点区域的待检查单元,并确定待检查单元的各个库位为待检查库位。Step S707, according to the problematic unit, determine the unit to be checked in the inventory area, and determine each storage location of the unit to be checked as the storage location to be checked.
在一个实施例中,可以直接确定各个问题单元为各个待检查单元。In one embodiment, each problematic unit can be directly determined as each unit to be checked.
在一个实施例中,可以确定各个问题单元以及各个问题单元的邻近单元为各个待检查单元。其中,问题单元的邻近单元可以为与该问题单元的采集顺序相邻的盘点单元,或者与该问题单元的采集顺序的差值位于设定的区域的盘点单元,或者与该问题单元相邻的单元等。In one embodiment, each problematic unit and the adjacent units of each problematic unit may be determined as each unit to be checked. Wherein, the adjacent unit of the problem unit can be an inventory unit adjacent to the collection order of the problem unit, or an inventory unit whose difference with the collection order of the problem unit is located in a set area, or an inventory unit adjacent to the problem unit unit etc.
可选的,根据所述问题单元,确定所述至少一个待检查单元,包括:针对每个问题单元,确定盘点顺序与所述问题单元的盘点顺序的差值的绝对值小于第一差值的各个盘点单元为待检查单元。Optionally, according to the problem unit, determining the at least one unit to be checked includes: for each problem unit, determining that the absolute value of the difference between the inventory sequence and the inventory sequence of the problem unit is less than the first difference Each inventory unit is a unit to be checked.
其中,第一差值可以为1、2或者其他值。Wherein, the first difference may be 1, 2 or other values.
进一步地,若盘点机器人的盘点精度为库位,则步骤S605为针对各个盘点区域的各个盘点库位,判断所述盘点库位在库存数据以及在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码是否一致,若不一致,则确定该盘点库位为问题库位。针对各个所述盘点区域,确定所述盘点区域的盘点数据各个目标采集顺序采集的料箱识别码对应的库位,为所述盘点区域的目标库位。其中,目标采集顺序位于预设区间,所述预设区间以问题库位在盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码的采集顺序为中点。Further, if the inventory counting accuracy of the inventory robot is the location, then step S605 is for each inventory location in each inventory area, judging whether the corresponding bin identification codes of the inventory location in the inventory data and the inventory data are consistent, If they are inconsistent, it is determined that the inventory location is the problem location. For each of the inventory areas, determine the location corresponding to the container identification code collected in each target collection sequence of the inventory data in the inventory area as the target location of the inventory area. Wherein, the target collection sequence is located in a preset interval, and the preset interval takes the collection sequence of the bin identification code corresponding to the problem location in the inventory data as a midpoint.
在一个实施例中,目标采集顺序可以包括问题库位在盘点数据中的料箱识别码的采集顺序,即为问题采集顺序,以及该问题采集顺序的前一采集顺序和后一采集顺序,或者目标采集顺序可以包括问题采集顺序,以及与该问题采集顺序的邻近的多个采集顺序。In one embodiment, the target collection sequence may include the collection sequence of the bin identification code of the problem location in the inventory data, that is, the problem collection sequence, and the previous collection sequence and the next collection sequence of the problem collection sequence, or The target collection sequence may include a question collection sequence and multiple collection sequences adjacent to the question collection sequence.
为了降低成本,仓储系统的存储货架上并未设置库位标识码,当料箱识别装置的识别范围过大时,盘点数据中会出现一个库位对应多个料箱识别码的情况。对应多个料箱识别码的库位必然为一个问题库位,为了更全面、准确地确定各个存放的料箱有误的库位,可以将该问题库位以及该问题库位对应的采集顺序中邻近顺序的多个料箱识别码对应的库位一并确定为需要检查的目标库位。In order to reduce costs, no storage location identification codes are set on the storage shelves of the storage system. When the identification range of the material box identification device is too large, there will be a situation in the inventory data that one storage location corresponds to multiple material box identification codes. The storage location corresponding to multiple material box identification codes must be a problematic storage location. In order to more comprehensively and accurately determine the storage location with errors in each stored material box, you can use the problematic location and the collection sequence corresponding to the problematic location The storage locations corresponding to multiple material box identification codes in adjacent order in the sequence are determined together as the target storage location to be checked.
以料箱识别装置为电子标签为例,由于电子标签读码器的功率过大,导致取放货装置上的电子标签 读码器在同一位置可以读取多个库位上存放的料箱上的电子标签,即出现串读的情况,导致盘点数据中多个料箱识别码对应同一个库位,从而无法确定所串读的料箱识别码所在的库位,故而需要通过盘点数据中问题库位,即串读的库位,前后采集的多个料箱识别码,进行存放的料箱有误的库位的定位。Taking the case identification device as an electronic tag as an example, due to the excessive power of the electronic tag reader, the electronic tag reader on the pick-and-place device can read the bins stored in multiple locations at the same position. The electronic tags, that is, the situation of cross-reading, resulting in multiple material box identification codes in the inventory data corresponding to the same storage location, so that it is impossible to determine the storage location of the serially read material box identification codes, so it is necessary to check the problems in the inventory data The storage location, that is, the serial reading storage location, multiple material box identification codes collected before and after, are used to locate the wrong storage location of the stored material box.
示例性的,假设按照采集顺序盘点数据中的料箱识别码依次为:LX001至LX007、LX007、LX008和LX010,对应的库位依次为:库位001至库位010,若盘点数据中库位001至库位010对应的料箱识别码依次为LX001至LX010,则可以通过盘点数据和库存数据中相同库位对应的料箱识别码,可以确定库位008和库位009为问题库位,为了检查的全面性,可以一并将库位007至库位0010确定为目标库位,以免由于存在串读的情况,而导致部分存放有误的库位无法被检查到,如实际上,库位007上并未存放料箱,库位008上存放料箱LX007,由于串读或判断机器人行走距离有误,导致料箱识别装置在于库位007对准时,读取到库位008上存放的料箱LX007的料箱识别码。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the bin identification codes in the inventory data in the order of collection are: LX001 to LX007, LX007, LX008, and LX010, and the corresponding warehouse locations are: warehouse location 001 to warehouse location 010, if the warehouse location in the inventory data The bin identification codes corresponding to location 001 to location 010 are LX001 to LX010 in turn, and location 008 and location 009 can be determined to be the problem location through the bin identification codes corresponding to the same location in the inventory data and inventory data. For the comprehensiveness of the inspection, you can also determine the location 007 to 0010 as the target location, so as to avoid the fact that some wrong storage locations cannot be checked due to the existence of cross-reading. There is no material box stored in location 007, and material box LX007 is stored in location 008. Due to cross-reading or an error in judging the walking distance of the robot, the material box identification device reads the data stored in location 008 when it is aligned with location 007. The bin identification code of the bin LX007.
步骤S708,根据各个待检查单元的位置,生成检查报告,以对各个待检查单元的库位上存放的料箱进行检查。In step S708, an inspection report is generated according to the position of each unit to be inspected, so as to inspect the material boxes stored in the storage locations of each unit to be inspected.
其中,检查报告中可以包括各个待检查单元的库位的库位标识或库位编码,以及各个检查单元的各个库位应当存放的料箱的料箱识别码。Wherein, the inspection report may include location identifiers or location codes of locations of each unit to be inspected, and bin identification codes of bins that should be stored in each location of each inspection unit.
在一个实施例中,可以由操作人员或机器人基于该检查报告对各个检查单元的各个库位上存放的料箱进行检查。In one embodiment, an operator or a robot may inspect the bins stored in each storage location of each inspection unit based on the inspection report.
在本实施例中,基于调度设备或仓储系统生成多个盘点区域的盘点指令,以控制各个盘点机器人进行对应的盘点区域的各个盘点单元的盘点,得到各个盘点区域的盘点数据;在盘点完毕时,基于各个盘点区域的盘点数据中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序以及采集各个料箱识别码时机器人的位置坐标,确定盘点区域内各个单元对应的料箱识别码,通过比对盘点数据以及预先存储的库位数据中各个单元对应的料箱识别码,确定各个待检查单元,以对各个待检查单元进行复核,以确定存放有误的料箱,从而实现了基于区域的批量盘点,提高了盘点效率。In this embodiment, based on the scheduling equipment or storage system, the inventory instructions of multiple inventory areas are generated, so as to control each inventory robot to carry out the inventory of each inventory unit in the corresponding inventory area, and obtain the inventory data of each inventory area; when the inventory is completed , based on the collection sequence of each material box identification code in the inventory data of each inventory area and the position coordinates of the robot when collecting each material box identification code, determine the material box identification code corresponding to each unit in the inventory area. The bin identification codes corresponding to each unit in the stored location data determine each unit to be inspected, so as to review each unit to be inspected to determine the wrongly stored bins, thereby realizing batch inventory based on the area and improving the Inventory efficiency.
可选的,所述盘点机器人上设置的料箱识别装置可以为电子标签读码器,所述盘点机器人基于所述电子标签读码器采集各个库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。Optionally, the bin identification device provided on the inventory robot may be an electronic tag reader, and the inventory robot collects the bin identification codes of the bins stored in each storage location based on the electronic tag reader.
在一个实施例中,上述料箱盘点方法还可以包括,基于调度设备或仓储系统,关闭盘点机器人上设置的料箱识别装置,以免盘点机器人的料箱识别装置误读非对应的盘点区域的其他库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned material box inventory method may also include, based on the scheduling equipment or the storage system, turning off the material box identification device set on the inventory robot, so as to prevent the material box identification device of the inventory robot from misreading other items in the non-corresponding inventory area. The bin ID of the bin stored on the location.
可选的,上述料箱盘点方法还包括:在所述盘点机器人执行所接收的盘点指令的期间,获取所述盘点机器人上传的位置坐标;根据所述机器人当前的位置坐标,开启或关闭所述机器人的料箱识别装置。Optionally, the above-mentioned bin inventory method further includes: during the period when the inventory robot executes the received inventory instruction, acquiring the position coordinates uploaded by the inventory robot; according to the current position coordinates of the robot, turning on or off the Robot bin recognition device.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以在发送调度指令至盘点机器人之后,接收该盘点机器人实时上传的位置坐标,进而调度设备或仓储系统可以根据盘点机器人上传的位置坐标,判断盘点机器人是否进入对应的盘点区域,如是否位于盘点区域的盘点起点的预设范围内,若是,则开启盘点机器人的料箱识别装置。In one embodiment, the scheduling device or storage system can receive the location coordinates uploaded by the inventory robot in real time after sending the scheduling instruction to the inventory robot, and then the scheduling equipment or storage system can judge whether the inventory robot is based on the location coordinates uploaded by the inventory robot. Enter the corresponding inventory area, if it is within the preset range of the inventory starting point in the inventory area, if so, turn on the bin identification device of the inventory robot.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据盘点机器人当前的位置坐标,判断盘点机器人是否超出对应的盘点区域所在的范围,若是,则关闭该盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以免料箱识别装置误读其他库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, the dispatching equipment or the storage system can judge whether the inventory robot exceeds the scope of the corresponding inventory area according to the current position coordinates of the inventory robot, and if so, close the bin identification device of the inventory robot to avoid bin identification. The unit misread the bin ID of a bin stored on another location.
可选的,根据所述机器人当前的位置坐标,开启或关闭所述机器人的料箱识别装置,包括:根据所述盘点机器人当前的位置坐标,确定所述盘点机器人当前的路径节点;根据所述盘点机器人当前的路径节点与下一路径节点对应的行走时间,关闭所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置。Optionally, turning on or off the bin identification device of the robot according to the current position coordinates of the robot includes: determining the current path node of the inventory robot according to the current position coordinates of the inventory robot; according to the Count the walking time corresponding to the current path node of the inventory robot and the next path node, and turn off the bin identification device of the inventory robot.
其中,下一路径节点为当前的路径节点的下一个路径节点。Wherein, the next path node is a path node next to the current path node.
在一个实施例中,盘点指令中可以包括盘点机器人的盘点路径,以及盘点路径中的各个路径节点的位置和各个路径节点之间的关联关系。In one embodiment, the stocktaking instruction may include the stocktaking path of the stocktaking robot, and the positions of each path node in the stocktaking path and the association relationship between each path node.
在一个实施例中,盘点机器人可以根据所需盘点的各个存储货架或者各个盘点库位的位置,以及盘点机器人对应的盘点区域的盘点起点,自行规划盘点路径,并将盘点路径以及盘点路径中各个路径节点的位置上传至调度设备或仓储系统。In one embodiment, the inventory robot can plan the inventory path by itself according to the positions of each storage shelf or each inventory location that needs to be inventoried, and the inventory starting point of the inventory area corresponding to the inventory robot. The location of the path node is uploaded to the scheduling device or storage system.
在一个实施例中,调度设备或仓储系统可以根据盘点机器人当前的位置坐标,确定与该当前的位置坐标距离最近的且盘点机器人尚未经过的路径节点为盘点机器人当前的路径节点,即盘点机器人当前的路径节点为盘点机器人即将经过的路径节点。In one embodiment, the dispatching device or the storage system can determine the path node that is closest to the current position coordinates and that the inventory robot has not passed by as the current path node of the inventory robot according to the current position coordinates of the inventory robot, that is, the current path node of the inventory robot. The path node of is the path node that the inventory robot will pass through.
在一个实施例中,当前的路径节点与下一路径节点对应的行走时间可以为当前路径节点至下一路径节点的路径长度,与盘点机器人经过对应的盘点区域的盘点起点之后至当前的位置坐标时对应的平均速度的比值。In one embodiment, the walking time corresponding to the current path node and the next path node may be the path length from the current path node to the next path node, and the current position coordinates after the inventory robot passes through the inventory starting point of the corresponding inventory area The ratio of the corresponding average speed.
在一个实施例中,若当前的路径节点与下一路径节点对应的行走时间小于或等于预设时间时,则保 持开启盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,若当前的路径节点与下一路径节点对应的行走时间大于预设时间时,则关闭盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以免在盘点机器人前往下一路径节点时,料箱识别装置误读其他库位上存放的料箱的料箱识别码。In one embodiment, if the travel time corresponding to the current path node and the next path node is less than or equal to the preset time, then keep turning on the bin identification device of the inventory robot, if the current path node corresponds to the next path node When the walking time is greater than the preset time, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is turned off, so as to prevent the bin identification device from misreading the bin identification codes of bins stored in other storage locations when the inventory robot goes to the next path node.
在一个实施例中,预设时间可以根据调度设备或仓储系统向盘点机器人下发料箱识别装置的控制指令的通讯时间以及料箱识别装置响应该控制指令的时间确定,料箱识别装置的控制指令用于开启或关闭料箱识别装置。In one embodiment, the preset time can be determined according to the communication time when the dispatching equipment or the storage system sends the control instruction of the bin identification device to the inventory robot and the time when the bin identification device responds to the control instruction, the control of the bin identification device The command is used to turn on or off the bin identification device.
在一个实施例中,预设时间可以为固定值,如5s、6s或者其他时间。In an embodiment, the preset time may be a fixed value, such as 5s, 6s or other times.
可选的,上述料箱盘点方法还包括:在所述盘点机器人执行所接收的盘点指令的期间,获取所述盘点机器人上传的任务参数;根据所述盘点机器人的任务参数,关闭所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置。Optionally, the method for counting bins described above further includes: during the execution of the received counting instruction by the counting robot, acquiring task parameters uploaded by the counting robot; shutting down the counting robot according to the task parameters of the counting robot bin identification device.
其中,任务参数可以包括盘点机器人当前正在执行的任务的类型、正在执行的任务的状态等参数。Wherein, the task parameters may include parameters such as the type of task currently being performed by the inventory robot, the status of the task being performed, and the like.
在一个实施例中,若盘点机器人的任务参数为盘点任务暂停或盘点任务终止,则关闭盘点机器人的料箱识别装置。In one embodiment, if the task parameter of the stocktaking robot is that the stocktaking task is suspended or the stocktaking task is terminated, then the bin identification device of the stocktaking robot is turned off.
在一个实施例中,若盘点机器人的任务参数为盘点机器人正在执行盘点任务以外的其他任务,如避让任务、取放货任务、异常处理任务等,则关闭盘点机器人的料箱识别装置。In one embodiment, if the task parameter of the inventory robot is that the inventory robot is performing tasks other than the inventory task, such as avoidance tasks, pick-and-place tasks, abnormal handling tasks, etc., the bin identification device of the inventory robot is turned off.
通过基于盘点机器人的位置坐标或任务参数的料箱识别装置的关闭控制,有效减少了盘点机器人误读的现象,提高了盘点的准确度。Through the closing control of the material box identification device based on the position coordinates of the inventory robot or the task parameters, the phenomenon of misreading by the inventory robot is effectively reduced, and the accuracy of the inventory is improved.
图8为本公开另一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图,本实施例针对每个盘点区域对应多组盘点数据的情况,如图8所示,本实施例提供的料箱盘点方法包括以下步骤:Fig. 8 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. This embodiment aims at the case where each inventory area corresponds to multiple sets of inventory data. As shown in Fig. 8, the bin inventory method provided by this embodiment Include the following steps:
步骤S801,生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至至少一个盘点机器人,以控制所述至少一个所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域的至少两组盘点数据。Step S801, generating an inventory instruction for the inventory area, and sending the inventory instruction to at least one inventory robot, so as to control the at least one inventory robot to perform inventory on the inventory area, so as to obtain at least two parts of the inventory area. Group inventory data.
其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点单元为所述盘点区域需要盘点的单元,每个单元包括所述盘点区域的一个或多个库位,每组所述盘点数据包括一个料箱识别码队列,所述料箱识别码队列为所述盘点机器人在所述盘点区域处采集到的料箱识别码的集合。Wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of storage locations, the inventory unit is a unit that needs to be inventoried in the inventory area, each unit includes one or more storage locations in the inventory area, and each set of inventory data includes a A bin identification code queue, where the bin identification code queue is a collection of bin identification codes collected by the inventory robot at the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,各组盘点数据对应的盘点顺序或盘点路径不同。In one embodiment, the inventory sequence or inventory path corresponding to each group of inventory data is different.
可选的,将所述盘点指令发送至至少一个盘点机器人,以控制所述至少一个所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,包括:将所述盘点指令发送至一个盘点机器人,以控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域盘点至少两次,且所述盘点机器人每次盘点时的盘点顺序和盘点路径中的至少一项不同。Optionally, sending the stocktaking instruction to at least one stocktaking robot to control the at least one stocktaking robot to carry out stocktaking on the stocktaking area includes: sending the stocktaking instruction to one stocktaking robot to control all The stocktaking robot takes inventory of the stocktaking area at least twice, and at least one of the stocktaking order and the stocktaking path of the stocktaking robot is different each time.
可选的,所述盘点指令包括第一盘点指令和第二盘点指令,将所述盘点指令发送至至少一个盘点机器人,以控制所述至少一个所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,包括:Optionally, the stocktaking instruction includes a first stocktaking instruction and a second stocktaking instruction, and sending the stocktaking instruction to at least one stocktaking robot to control the at least one stocktaking robot to carry out stocktaking on the stocktaking area includes :
分别将所述第一盘点指令和所述第二盘点指令发送至第一盘点机器人和第二盘点机器人,以控制所述第一盘点机器人和第二盘点机器人对所述盘点区域分别进行盘点。Sending the first stocktaking instruction and the second stocktaking instruction to the first stocktaking robot and the second stocktaking robot respectively, so as to control the first stocktaking robot and the second stocktaking robot to carry out stocktaking on the stocktaking area respectively.
可选的,所述第一盘点机器人与所述第二盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点的盘点顺序及盘点路径中的至少一项不同。Optionally, the first inventory robot is different from the second inventory robot in at least one of an inventory sequence and an inventory path for inventorying the inventory area.
其中一个盘点机器人基于盘点指令进行盘点区域一次盘点的具体过程可以参考上述任意实施例中提供的盘点方式,在此不再赘述。The specific process of one stocktaking robot performing a stocktaking of the stocktaking area based on the stocktaking instruction can refer to the stocktaking method provided in any of the above embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
在一个实施例中,第一盘点机器人和第二盘点机器人可以采用在盘点区域的存储货架的两侧的巷道上相向行走的方式,进行该存储货架的盘点,以减少串读现象。In one embodiment, the first inventory robot and the second inventory robot can walk towards each other on the aisles on both sides of the storage shelf in the inventory area to perform inventory of the storage shelf, so as to reduce cross-reading.
步骤S802,接收所述至少两组盘点数据。Step S802, receiving the at least two groups of inventory data.
其中,每组所述盘点数据分别包括一个料箱识别码队列。Wherein, each set of inventory data respectively includes a queue of bin identification codes.
步骤S803,将各个所述料箱识别码队列取交集,得到交叉盘点队列。Step S803, taking the intersection of each of the bin identification code queues to obtain a cross inventory queue.
通过多组盘点数据对应的料箱识别码队列取交集的方式,减少了由于盘点机器人串读或误读对盘点结果的影响,提高了盘点结果的准确度。Through the method of intersecting the bin identification code queues corresponding to multiple sets of inventory data, the impact of serial reading or misreading by the inventory robot on the inventory results is reduced, and the accuracy of the inventory results is improved.
步骤S804,根据所述交叉盘点队列以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。在一个实施例中,可以基于上述步骤S203的方式,确定盘点区域的待检查库位,仅需将步骤S203以及相关描述中的盘点数据或料箱识别码队列替换为交叉盘点队列即可,在此不再赘述。Step S804, according to the cross inventory queue and the inventory data in the inventory area, it is judged whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area. In one embodiment, based on the method of step S203 above, the inventory location to be checked in the inventory area can be determined, and only the inventory data or bin identification code queue in step S203 and related descriptions needs to be replaced with a cross-count queue. This will not be repeated here.
在一个实施例中,根据所述交叉盘点队列以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:当所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码均存在于所述交叉盘点队列中,则确定所述盘点区域不存在所述待检查库位。In one embodiment, according to the cross-counting queue and the inventory data in the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: when each material box corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data If the identification codes all exist in the cross-counting queue, then it is determined that the storage location to be checked does not exist in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:若所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中存在缺失料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述交叉盘点队列。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data of the cross-counting queue and the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: if each material box corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data If there is a missing material box identification code in the identification code, it is determined that the storage location to be checked exists in the inventory area; wherein, the missing material box identification code does not exist in the cross-counting queue.
在一个实施例中,所述待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,与所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位。In one embodiment, the storage location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, the storage location corresponding to the missing container identification code.
在一个实施例中,所述待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位附近预设范围内的库位。In one embodiment, the storage location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, a storage location within a preset range near the storage location corresponding to the missing bin identification code.
在一个实施例中,根据所述交叉盘点队列以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:若所述交叉盘点队列中存在错放料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中,且所述错放料箱识别码在所述库存数据中对应的库位与所述盘点区域的距离超过第一预设距离;所述待检查库位包括在所述盘点数据中所述错放料箱识别码对应的库位或单元。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data of the cross-counting queue and the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: if there is a misplaced bin identification code in the cross-counting queue, Then it is determined that the storage location to be checked exists in the inventory area; wherein, the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in each bin identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data, and the misplaced The distance between the location corresponding to the bin identification code in the inventory data and the inventory area exceeds a first preset distance; the location to be checked includes the location corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data location or unit.
在一个实施例中,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域以盘点单元为单位进行盘点,所述盘点单元包括一个或多个库位;所述料箱识别码队列由多个料箱识别码集合组成,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应;将各个所述料箱识别码队列取交集,得到交叉盘点队列,包括:将各个所述料箱识别码队列中相对应的料箱识别码集合分别取交集,以得到各个交叉料箱识别码集合;将所有的交叉料箱识别码集合组合,得到所述交叉盘点队列。In one embodiment, the inventory-counting instruction is used to control the inventory-counting robot to perform inventory-counting in units of inventory-counting units in the inventory-counting area, and the inventory-counting unit includes one or more storage locations; the bin identification code queue consists of A plurality of material box identification code sets are formed, and the material box identification code set is in one-to-one correspondence with the inventory unit; each of the material box identification code queues is intersected to obtain a cross inventory queue, including: each of the material box identification code queues The corresponding sets of bin identification codes in the identification code queue are respectively intersected to obtain each cross-box identification code set; all cross-box identification code sets are combined to obtain the cross-counting queue.
在一个实施例中,根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:对于所述盘点区域中的每一个盘点单元,当所述盘点单元在所述库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于与所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,则确定所述盘点单元不存在所述待检查库位;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元均不存在所述待检查库位,则确定所述盘点区域不存在待检查库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data of the cross-counting queue and the inventory area, judging whether there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area includes: for each inventory unit in the inventory area, when the The bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data all exist in the bin identification code set corresponding to the inventory unit, then it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked does not exist in the inventory unit; if the inventory If there is no storage location to be checked in each inventory unit in the area, it is determined that there is no storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第一单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在第一单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,第一单元为对应的库存数据中存在第三料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述第三料箱识别码不存在于所述第一单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,所述待检查库位包括所述第一单元对应的各个库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data of the cross-counting queue and the inventory area, judging whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area includes: according to the cross-counting queue and the inventory data of the inventory area, Judging whether there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area; if there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area, then determine that there is a warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the first unit is the corresponding In the inventory data of inventory data, there is an inventory unit with a third material box identification code, the third material box identification code does not exist in the set of material box identification codes corresponding to the first unit, and the location to be checked includes the first Each storage location corresponding to a unit.
在一个实施例中,根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第二单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第二单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,所述第二单元为对应的料箱识别集合中存在错放料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述第二单元对应的库存数据中,且所述错放料箱识别码在库存数据中对应的库位与所述第二单元的距离超过第二预设距离,所述待检查库位包括第二单元对应的各个库位。In one embodiment, according to the inventory data of the cross-counting queue and the inventory area, judging whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area includes: according to the cross-counting queue and the inventory data of the inventory area, Judging whether there is a second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area; if there is the second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area, then determine that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the first The second unit is an inventory unit with a misplaced bin identification code in the corresponding bin identification set, the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the misplaced bin The distance between the storage location corresponding to the identification code in the inventory data and the second unit exceeds a second preset distance, and the storage location to be checked includes each storage location corresponding to the second unit.
在一个实施例中,可以不执行步骤S803,将步骤S804替换为,根据所述至少两组盘点数据以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的至少一个待检查单元。In one embodiment, step S803 may not be performed, and step S804 may be replaced by determining at least one unit to be inspected in the inventory area according to the at least two sets of inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,可以分别比对每组盘点数据与对应的库存数据,即针对盘点区域的每组盘点数据,比对该盘点数据与该盘点区域的库存数据,基于比对结果,确定该盘点区域的待检查库位。In one embodiment, each group of inventory data can be compared with the corresponding inventory data, that is, for each group of inventory data in the inventory area, compare the inventory data with the inventory data in the inventory area, and determine the The inventory location to be checked in the inventory area.
在一个实施例中,可以按照图2所示实施例中步骤S203的方式,根据每组盘点数据以及盘点区域的库存数据,确定该盘点区域的待检查库位。进而对各组盘点数据对应的待检查库位进行去重处理,从而得到该盘点区域的各个待检查库位。In one embodiment, according to the manner of step S203 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , according to each set of inventory data and inventory data in the inventory area, the location to be checked in the inventory area is determined. Furthermore, deduplication processing is performed on the storage locations to be checked corresponding to each group of inventory data, so as to obtain each storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,根据所述至少两组盘点数据以及库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位,包括:针对各个盘点单元,若所述盘点单元的盘点结果与所述盘点单元的库存数据不一致,则确定所述盘点单位为问题单元;根据所述问题单元,确定所述至少一个待检查库位。Optionally, according to the at least two sets of inventory data and inventory data, determining the location to be checked in the inventory area includes: for each inventory unit, if the inventory result of the inventory unit is consistent with the inventory data of the inventory unit If they are not consistent, it is determined that the inventory unit is a problem unit; according to the problem unit, the at least one storage location to be checked is determined.
可选的,根据所述至少两组盘点数据以及库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位,包括:针对每组盘点数据,根据所述盘点数据对应的所述料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,确定所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码;根据各组所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码以及各个所述盘点单元对应的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位。Optionally, determining the location to be checked in the inventory area according to the at least two sets of inventory data and inventory data includes: for each set of inventory data, according to the The collection sequence of each material box identification code is to determine the material box identification code corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory data; according to the material box identification code corresponding to each inventory unit in each group of the inventory data and each of the inventory units Corresponding to the inventory data, determine the storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,根据所述盘点数据对应的所述料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序,确定所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码,包括:根据所述盘点数据对应的所述料箱识别码队列中各个料箱识别码的采集顺序以及所述盘点机器人采集各个料箱识别码时的位置坐标,确定所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码。Optionally, according to the collection order of each bin identification code in the bin identification code queue corresponding to the inventory data, determining the bin identification code corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory data includes: according to the The collection sequence of each bin identification code in the bin identification code queue corresponding to the inventory data and the position coordinates when the inventory robot collects each bin identification code, determine the bins corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory data Identifier.
可选的,所述盘点数据还包括所述盘点机器人采集料箱识别码时的位置坐标以及所述盘点机器人的取放货装置的高度,根据所述至少两组盘点数据以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位,包括:针对每组盘点数据,根据所述盘点数据中各个料箱识别码对应的所述盘点机器人的位置坐标以及所述盘点机器人的取放货装置的高度,确定所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码;根据各组所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码以及各个所述盘点单元对应的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位。Optionally, the inventory data also includes the position coordinates of the inventory robot when it collects the bin identification code and the height of the pick-and-place device of the inventory robot. According to the at least two sets of inventory data and the location of the inventory area Inventory data, determining the warehouse location to be checked in the inventory area, including: for each set of inventory data, according to the position coordinates of the inventory robot corresponding to each bin identification code in the inventory data and the pick-and-place of the inventory robot The height of the cargo device, determine the material box identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory data; according to the material box identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in each group of inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to each inventory unit , to determine the storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,根据各组所述盘点数据中各个盘点单元分别对应的料箱识别码以及各个所述盘点单元对应的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位,包括:针对每个所述盘点单元,判断所述盘点单元对应的库存数据与所述盘点单元在各组所述盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码是否一致;若所述盘点单元对应的库存数据与所述盘点单元在至少一组所述盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码不一致,或所述盘点单元对应的库存数据与所述盘点单元在各组所述盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码均不一致,则确定所述盘点单元为问题单元;根据所述问题单元,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位。Optionally, according to the bin identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in each set of inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to each inventory unit, determining the location to be checked in the inventory area includes: The inventory unit is used to determine whether the inventory data corresponding to the inventory unit is consistent with the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in each group of the inventory data; if the inventory data corresponding to the inventory unit is consistent with the inventory data of the inventory unit If at least one set of inventory data corresponding to the bin identification codes is inconsistent, or the inventory data corresponding to the inventory unit is inconsistent with the inventory unit identification codes corresponding to each set of inventory data, then it is determined that the The stocktaking unit is a problem unit; according to the problem unit, the storage location to be checked in the inventory area is determined.
可选的,若所述盘点单元对应的库存数据中的料箱识别码均存在于所述盘点单元在盘点数据中,则确定所述盘点单元对应的库存数据与所述盘点单元在所述盘点数据中对应的料箱识别码一致,即该盘点区域不存在待检查库位。Optionally, if all the bin identification codes in the inventory data corresponding to the inventory unit exist in the inventory data of the inventory unit, it is determined that the inventory data corresponding to the inventory unit is the same as that of the inventory unit in the inventory data. The corresponding bin identification codes in the data are consistent, that is, there is no storage location to be checked in this inventory area.
可选的,根据所述问题单元,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位待检查单元,包括:针对每个所述问题单元,确定盘点顺序与所述问题单元的盘点顺序的差值的绝对值小于第一差值的各个盘点单元为待检查单元,并确定待检查单元的各个库位为待检查库位。Optionally, according to the problem unit, determining the inventory location to be checked in the inventory area to be checked includes: for each problem unit, determining the absolute value of the difference between the inventory sequence and the inventory sequence of the problem unit Each inventory unit whose value is smaller than the first difference is a unit to be checked, and each storage location of the unit to be checked is determined to be a storage location to be checked.
可选的,根据所述至少两组盘点数据以及库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查单元,包括:针对每组所述盘点数据,将所述盘点数据与所述盘点区域的库存数据进行比对;针对每组所述盘点数据,根据比对结果,确定所述盘点数据中的缺失料箱识别码,其中,所述缺失料箱识别码为所述盘点区域的库存数据中不属于所述盘点数据的料箱识别码;根据所述库存数据中各个所述缺失料箱识别码的原库位,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位。Optionally, determining the unit to be inspected in the inventory area according to the at least two sets of inventory data and inventory data includes: for each set of inventory data, comparing the inventory data with the inventory data in the inventory area Comparing: For each set of inventory data, according to the comparison result, determine the missing material box identification code in the inventory data, wherein the missing material box identification code is that the inventory data in the inventory area does not belong to all The material box identification code of the inventory data; according to the original storage location of each missing material box identification code in the inventory data, determine the storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
图9为本公开另一个实施例提供的料箱盘点方法的流程图,本实施例提供的料箱盘点方法由盘点机器人执行,盘点机器人可以为仓储系统中任意一个机器人,也可以为专用于执行盘点任务的机器人,如图9所示,本实施例提供的料箱盘点方法包括以下步骤:Fig. 9 is a flow chart of a bin inventory method provided in another embodiment of the present disclosure. The bin inventory method provided in this embodiment is performed by an inventory robot, and the inventory robot can be any robot in the storage system, or it can be a robot dedicated to executing The robot of inventory task, as shown in Figure 9, the bin inventory method that the present embodiment provides comprises the following steps:
步骤S901,接收盘点区域的盘点指令。Step S901, receiving an inventory instruction for the inventory area.
其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位。Wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations.
其中,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点。Wherein, the stocktaking instruction is used to control the stocktaking robot to carry out stocktaking in the stocktaking area.
步骤S902,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据。Step S902: Perform an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generate inventory data corresponding to the inventory area.
步骤S903,发送所述盘点数据。Step S903, sending the inventory data.
其中,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列,所述盘点数据用于与所述盘点区域的库存数据相比对,以判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Wherein, the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes, and the inventory data is used for comparison with the inventory data in the inventory area to determine whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,包括:基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点;对所述盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码进行去重处理,得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据。Optionally, performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generating inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction; performing an inventory on the inventory area. All collected bin identification codes are deduplicated to obtain the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area.
可选的,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,包括:基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码;根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合;基于所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;其中,所述盘点单元包括一个或多个库位,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应。Optionally, performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generating the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area includes: controlling the bin identification device of the inventory robot based on the inventory instruction, taking inventory units as units Collecting the material box identification codes of the material boxes placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area; according to the collected material box identification codes, obtaining the set of material box identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units; based on each inventory unit in the inventory area The corresponding set of material box identification codes generates the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; wherein, the inventory unit includes one or more storage locations, and the set of material box identification codes corresponds to the inventory unit one by one.
可选的,基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码,包括:针对每个盘点单元,基于所述盘点指令在移动至所述盘点单元的预设位置时,开启所述盘点机器人的所述料箱识别装置,采集所述盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码。Optionally, based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is controlled to collect the bin identification codes of the bins placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area in units of inventory units, including: for each inventory The unit, when moving to the preset position of the inventory unit based on the inventory instruction, turns on the bin identification device of the inventory robot to collect the bin identification codes of the bins placed in the inventory unit.
可选的,根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,包括:若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, according to the collected bin identification codes, a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units is obtained, including: if the difference between the collection time points corresponding to two adjacent bin identification codes collected is less than the preset value, the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set.
可选的,根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,包括:若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, according to the collected bin identification codes, a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units is obtained, including: if the collected bin identification codes correspond to the positions of the bin identification devices If the distance is less than the preset distance, then the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set.
可选的,所述料箱识别装置的位置包括所述料箱识别装置的高度及所述盘点机器人的位置坐标中的至少一项。Optionally, the position of the bin identification device includes at least one of the height of the bin identification device and the position coordinates of the inventory robot.
可选的,所述方法还包括:若采集的料箱标识码的强度值低于预设强度,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。Optionally, the method further includes: if the strength value of the collected bin identification code is lower than a preset strength, deleting the bin identification code from the corresponding bin identification code set.
可选的,所述方法还包括:确定所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置;若所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置超出对应的盘点单元的范围,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。Optionally, the method further includes: determining the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code; if the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code exceeds the scope of the corresponding inventory unit, then collect the corresponding bin identification code Delete the bin ID in the .
本公开实施例提供一种料箱盘点装置,该装置可以由调度设备或仓储系统执行,该料箱盘点装置包 括:指令发送模块、盘点数据接收模块和异常判定模块。An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a material box inventory device, which can be executed by a scheduling device or a storage system. The material box inventory device includes: an instruction sending module, an inventory data receiving module, and an abnormality judgment module.
其中,指令发送模块,用于生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至盘点机器人,所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,其中,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列;盘点数据接收模块,用于接收所述盘点数据;异常判定模块,用于根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Wherein, the instruction sending module is used to generate an inventory instruction for the inventory area, and send the inventory instruction to the inventory robot, and the inventory instruction controls the inventory robot to perform an inventory of the inventory area to obtain the inventory corresponding to the inventory area. The inventory data, the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, wherein the inventory data includes a queue of material box identification codes; the inventory data receiving module is used to receive the inventory data; the abnormality determination module is used for according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area, and determine whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:当所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码均存在于所述料箱识别码队列中时,则确定所述盘点区域不存在所述待检查库位。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically configured to: determine that the inventory area does not exist when each bin identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data exists in the bin identification code queue The location to be checked.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的库存数据中是否存在缺失料箱识别码;若所述盘点区域的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述料箱识别码队列。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically used to: judge whether there is a missing bin identification code in the inventory data in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; if the inventory If there is a missing material box identification code in the inventory data of the area, it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked exists in the inventory area; wherein, the missing material box identification code does not exist in the material box identification code queue.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的料箱识别码队列中是否存在错放料箱识别码;若所述料箱识别码队列中存在错放料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中,且所述错放料箱识别码在所述库存数据中对应的库位与所述盘点区域的距离超过第一预设距离;所述待检查库位包括在所述盘点数据中所述错放料箱识别码对应的库位或单元。Optionally, the abnormality judgment module is specifically used to: judge whether there is a misplaced bin identification code in the bin identification code queue in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; If there is a misplaced material box identification code in the material box identification code queue, it is determined that the storage location to be checked exists in the inventory area; wherein, the misplaced material box identification code does not exist in the inventory data. In each material box identification code corresponding to the inventory area, and the distance between the warehouse location corresponding to the misplaced material box identification code in the inventory data and the inventory area exceeds the first preset distance; the warehouse to be inspected The bit includes the storage location or unit corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:对于所述盘点区域中的每一盘点单元,当所述盘点单元在所述库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于与所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别集合中,则确定所述盘点单元不存在所述待检查库位;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元均不存在所述待检查库位,则确定所述盘点区域不存在待检查库位。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically configured to: for each inventory unit in the inventory area, when the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data exists in the inventory corresponding to the inventory unit In the bin identification set, it is determined that the inventory unit does not have the storage location to be checked; if each inventory unit in the inventory area does not have the storage location to be checked, it is determined that the inventory area does not exist. Check the location.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第一单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在第一单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,第一单元为对应的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述第一单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,所述待检查库位包括所述第一单元对应的各个库位。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically configured to: judge whether there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; if the inventory area If there is a first unit in each inventory unit of each inventory unit, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the first unit is an inventory unit with a missing material box identification code in the corresponding inventory data, and the missing material box identification code does not exist in the bin identification code set corresponding to the first unit, and the warehouse location to be checked includes each warehouse location corresponding to the first unit.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第二单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第二单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,所述第二单元为对应的料箱识别集合中存在错放料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述第二单元对应的库存数据中,且所述错放料箱识别码在库存数据中对应的库位与所述第二单元的距离超过第二预设距离,所述待检查库位包括第二单元对应的各个库位。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically configured to: judge whether there is a second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; if the inventory area If there is the second unit in each inventory unit, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the second unit is an inventory unit with a misplaced bin identification code in the corresponding bin identification set, The misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the distance between the warehouse location corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data and the second unit exceeds the second unit. The preset distance, the warehouse location to be checked includes each warehouse location corresponding to the second unit.
可选的,该装置可以采用待检查库位确定模块替换异常判定模块,待检查库位确定模块用于根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域的待检查库位。Optionally, the device may replace the abnormality determination module with a location-to-be-checked determination module, and the location-to-be-checked determination module is used to determine the storage to be checked in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area bit.
本公开实施例所提供的料箱盘点装置可执行本公开图2以及图4至图7对应的任意实施例所提供的料箱盘点方法,具备执行方法相应的功能模块和有益效果。The material box inventory device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure can execute the material box inventory method provided by any embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 and FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 of the present disclosure, and has corresponding functional modules and beneficial effects for executing the method.
本公开实施例提供的另一种料箱盘点装置,该装置可以由调度设备或仓储系统执行,该料箱盘点装置包括:指令生成模块、盘点数据接收模块、交叉队列获取模块和异常判定模块。其中,指令生成模块,用于生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至至少一个盘点机器人,以控制所述至少一个所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域的至少两组盘点数据,其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位;盘点数据接收模块,用于接收所述至少两组盘点数据,其中,每组所述盘点数据分别包括一个料箱识别码队列;交叉队列获取模块,用于将各个所述料箱识别码队列取交集,得到交叉盘点队列;异常判定模块,用于根据所述交叉盘点队列以及所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Another material box inventory device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure may be executed by a scheduling device or a storage system, and the material box inventory device includes: an instruction generation module, an inventory data receiving module, a cross queue acquisition module, and an abnormality determination module. Wherein, the instruction generation module is used to generate an inventory instruction for the inventory area, and send the inventory instruction to at least one inventory robot, so as to control the at least one inventory robot to perform inventory on the inventory area, so as to obtain the At least two sets of inventory data in the inventory area, wherein the inventory area includes a plurality of storage locations; an inventory data receiving module, configured to receive the at least two sets of inventory data, wherein each set of inventory data includes a bin Identification code queue; cross queue acquisition module, used to intersect each of the bin identification code queues to obtain a cross inventory queue; an abnormal judgment module, used to judge according to the inventory data of the cross inventory queue and the inventory area Whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,指令生成模块,具体用于:生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至一个盘点机器人,以控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域盘点至少两次,且所述盘点机器人每次盘点时的盘点顺序和盘点路径中的至少一项不同。Optionally, the instruction generation module is specifically configured to: generate an inventory instruction for the inventory area, and send the inventory instruction to an inventory robot, so as to control the inventory robot to inventory the inventory area at least twice, and the At least one item in the inventory sequence and the inventory path of the inventory robot is different each time it takes inventory.
可选的,指令生成模块,具体用于:生成第一盘点指令和第二盘点指令;分别将所述第一盘点指令和所述第二盘点指令发送至第一盘点机器人和第二盘点机器人,以控制所述第一盘点机器人和第二盘点机器人对所述盘点区域分别进行盘点。Optionally, the instruction generation module is specifically used to: generate a first inventory instruction and a second inventory instruction; send the first inventory instruction and the second inventory instruction to the first inventory robot and the second inventory robot respectively, The first inventory robot and the second inventory robot are controlled to perform inventory in the inventory area respectively.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:当所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码均存在于所述交叉盘点队列中,则确定所述盘点区域不存在所述待检查库位。Optionally, the abnormality judging module is specifically used for: when all bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data exist in the cross-counting queue, then determine that the inventory area does not have the waiting Check the location.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:若所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中存在缺失料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述交叉盘点队列。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically used for: if there is a missing material box identification code in each material box identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data, then determine that the warehouse location to be checked exists in the inventory area ; Wherein, the missing bin identification code does not exist in the cross-counting queue.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:若所述交叉盘点队列中存在错放料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;其中,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中,且所述错放料箱识别码在所述库存数据中对应的库位与所述盘点区域的距离超过第一预设距离;所述待检查库位包括在所述盘点数据中所述错放料箱识别码对应的库位或单元。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically used for: if there is a misplaced material box identification code in the cross-counting queue, then determine that the storage location to be checked exists in the inventory area; wherein, the misplaced material box identification code The code does not exist in each bin identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data, and the distance between the storage location corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data and the inventory area exceeds the first A preset distance; the warehouse location to be checked includes the warehouse location or unit corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:对于所述盘点区域中的每一个盘点单元,当所述盘点单元在所述库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于与所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,则确定所述盘点单元不存在所述待检查库位;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元均不存在所述待检查库位,则确定所述盘点区域不存在待检查库位。Optionally, the abnormality determination module is specifically configured to: for each inventory unit in the inventory area, when the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data exists in the inventory corresponding to the inventory unit In the set of bin identification codes, it is determined that the inventory unit does not have the location to be checked; if each inventory unit in the inventory area does not have the location to be checked, it is determined that the inventory area does not exist Stock location to be checked.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第一单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在第一单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,第一单元为对应的库存数据中存在第三料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述第三料箱识别码不存在于所述第一单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,所述待检查库位包括所述第一单元对应的各个库位。Optionally, the abnormality judging module is specifically configured to: judge whether there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area according to the cross-counting queue and the inventory data in the inventory area; If there is a first unit in the inventory unit, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the first unit is an inventory unit with a third material box identification code in the corresponding inventory data, and the third material box identification code does not exist in the bin identification code set corresponding to the first unit, and the warehouse location to be checked includes each warehouse location corresponding to the first unit.
可选的,异常判定模块,具体用于:根据所述交叉盘点队列和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第二单元;若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第二单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;其中,所述第二单元为对应的料箱识别集合中存在错放料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述第二单元对应的库存数据中,且所述错放料箱识别码在库存数据中对应的库位与所述第二单元的距离超过第二预设距离,所述待检查库位包括第二单元对应的各个库位。Optionally, the abnormality judging module is specifically configured to: judge whether there is a second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area according to the cross-counting queue and the inventory data in the inventory area; If the second unit exists in the inventory unit, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area; wherein, the second unit is an inventory unit with a misplaced bin identification code in the corresponding bin identification set, and the The misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the distance between the storage location corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data and the second unit exceeds a second preset distance distance, the storage locations to be checked include each storage location corresponding to the second unit.
本公开实施例所提供的料箱盘点装置可执行本公开图8对应的任意实施例所提供的料箱盘点方法,具备执行方法相应的功能模块和有益效果。The material box inventory device provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure can execute the material box inventory method provided in any embodiment of the present disclosure corresponding to FIG. 8 , and has corresponding functional modules and beneficial effects for executing the method.
本公开实施例提供的另一种料箱盘点装置,该装置应用于盘点机器人,该料箱盘点装置包括:指令接收模块、盘点数据生成模块和盘点数据发送模块。Another material box inventory device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to an inventory robot, and the material box inventory device includes: an instruction receiving module, an inventory data generating module, and an inventory data sending module.
其中,指令接收模块,用于接收盘点区域的盘点指令,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点;盘点数据生成模块,用于基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;盘点数据发送模块,用于发送所述盘点数据;其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列,所述盘点数据用于与所述盘点区域的库存数据相比对,以判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Wherein, the instruction receiving module is used to receive the inventory instruction of the inventory area, and the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to take inventory of the inventory area; the inventory data generation module is used to perform the inventory based on the inventory instruction. The region performs an inventory, and generates the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; the inventory data sending module is used to send the inventory data; wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of storage locations, and the inventory data includes a bin identification code queue, The inventory data is used for comparison with the inventory data in the inventory area to determine whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area.
可选的,盘点数据生成模块,具体用于:基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点;对所述盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码进行去重处理,得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据。Optionally, the inventory data generating module is specifically used for: performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction; performing deduplication processing on all bin identification codes collected in the inventory area to obtain the The inventory data corresponding to the inventory area.
可选的,盘点数据生成模块,包括:盘点单元,用于基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码;集合获取单元,用于根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合;盘点数据生成单元,用于基于所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;其中,所述盘点单元包括一个或多个库位,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应。Optionally, the inventory data generation module includes: an inventory unit, configured to control the bin identification device of the inventory robot based on the inventory instruction, and collect the bins placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area in units of inventory units The bin identification code; the collection acquisition unit, used to obtain the bin identification code set corresponding to each of the inventory units according to the bin identification code collected; the inventory data generation unit, used for each inventory unit based on the inventory area The corresponding set of material box identification codes generates the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area; wherein, the inventory unit includes one or more storage locations, and the set of material box identification codes corresponds to the inventory unit one by one.
可选的,基盘点单元,具体用于:针对每个盘点单元,基于所述盘点指令在移动至所述盘点单元的预设位置时,开启所述盘点机器人的所述料箱识别装置,采集所述盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码。Optionally, the base counting unit is specifically configured to: for each counting unit, when moving to a preset position of the counting unit based on the counting instruction, turn on the bin identification device of the counting robot, collect The material box identification code of the material box placed in the inventory unit.
可选的,集合获取单元,具体用于:若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, the collection acquisition unit is specifically used for: if the difference between the collection time points corresponding to two adjacent material box identification codes collected is less than a preset value, then classify the two material box identification codes into the same A collection of bin IDs.
可选的,集合获取单元,具体用于:若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。Optionally, the collection acquisition unit is specifically used for: if the distance between the positions of the bin identification devices corresponding to two collected adjacent bin identification codes is less than a preset distance, then the two bin identification codes belong to the same set of bin IDs.
可选的,所述装置还包括:第一标识码删除模块,用于若采集的料箱标识码的强度值低于预设强度,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。Optionally, the device further includes: a first identification code deletion module, configured to delete the material box from the corresponding set of material box identification codes if the strength value of the collected material box identification code is lower than a preset strength Identifier.
可选的,所述装置还包括:第二标识码删除模块,用于确定所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置;若所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置超出对应的盘点单元的范围,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。Optionally, the device further includes: a second identification code deletion module, configured to determine the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code; if the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code exceeds the scope of the corresponding inventory unit, Then delete the material box identification code from the corresponding material box identification code set.
本公开实施例所提供的料箱盘点装置可执行本公开图9对应的任意实施例所提供的料箱盘点方法,具备执行方法相应的功能模块和有益效果。The bin inventory device provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure can execute the bin inventory method provided in any embodiment of the present disclosure corresponding to FIG. 9 , and has corresponding functional modules and beneficial effects for executing the method.
图10为本公开一个实施例提供的调度设备的结构示意图,如图10所示,该调度设备包括:存 储器1010,处理器1020以及计算机程序。Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a scheduling device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Fig. 10 , the scheduling device includes: a memory 1010, a processor 1020 and a computer program.
其中,计算机程序存储在存储器1010中,并被配置为由处理器1020执行以实现本公开图2以及图4至图8所对应的实施例中任一实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。Wherein, the computer program is stored in the memory 1010 and is configured to be executed by the processor 1020 to implement the bin inventory method provided in any one of the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 2 and FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 of the present disclosure.
其中,存储器1010和处理器1020通过总线1030连接。Wherein, the memory 1010 and the processor 1020 are connected through a bus 1030 .
相关说明可以对应参见图2以及图4至图8的步骤所对应的相关描述和效果进行理解,此处不做过多赘述。Relevant descriptions can be understood by referring to the relevant descriptions and effects corresponding to the steps in FIG. 2 and FIG. 4 to FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
图11为本公开一个实施例提供的盘点机器人的结构示意图,如图11所示,该盘点机器人包括:存储器1110,处理器1120以及计算机程序。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an inventory robot provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 11 , the inventory robot includes: a memory 1110 , a processor 1120 and a computer program.
其中,计算机程序存储在存储器1110中,并被配置为由处理器1120执行以实现本公开图9所对应的实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。Wherein, the computer program is stored in the memory 1110 and is configured to be executed by the processor 1120 to implement the bin inventory method provided by the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9 of the present disclosure.
其中,存储器1110和处理器1120通过总线1130连接。Wherein, the memory 1110 and the processor 1120 are connected through a bus 1130 .
相关说明可以对应参见图9的步骤所对应的相关描述和效果进行理解,此处不做过多赘述。Relevant descriptions can be understood by referring to the relevant descriptions and effects corresponding to the steps in FIG. 9 , and details are not repeated here.
图12为本公开一个实施例提供的仓储系统的结构示意图,如图12所示,该仓储系统包括:存储货架1210、调度设备1220和盘点机器人1230,图12以两个存储货架1210为例。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 12 , the storage system includes: a storage shelf 1210 , a scheduling device 1220 and an inventory robot 1230 . FIG. 12 takes two storage shelves 1210 as an example.
其中,调度设备或仓储系统1220为本公开图10所示实施例提供的调度设备或仓储系统,盘点机器人1230为本公开图11所示实施例提供的盘点机器人。Wherein, the scheduling device or storage system 1220 is the scheduling device or storage system provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 of the present disclosure, and the inventory robot 1230 is the inventory robot provided by the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 of the present disclosure.
在一个实施例中,同一存储货架上的库位的尺寸可以相同,也可以不同,可以根据实际需求设置。In one embodiment, the sizes of the locations on the same storage shelf may be the same or different, and may be set according to actual needs.
在一个实施例中,该仓储系统还包括取放货机器人、堆垛机器人等其他机器人。In one embodiment, the warehouse system also includes pick-and-place robots, stacking robots and other robots.
在一个实施例中,该仓储系统还包括卸料机、提升机、运输线等料箱的中转装置。In one embodiment, the storage system further includes a transfer device for material boxes such as an unloader, a hoist, and a transportation line.
本公开一个实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行以实现本公开图2、图4至图9所对应的实施例中任一实施例提供的料箱盘点方法。An embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and the computer program is executed by a processor to implement any of the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 to FIG. 9 of the present disclosure. bin inventory method.
其中,计算机可读存储介质可以是ROM、随机存取存储器(RAM)、CD-ROM、磁带、软盘和光数据存储设备等。Among them, the computer-readable storage medium may be ROM, random access memory (RAM), CD-ROM, magnetic tape, floppy disk, optical data storage device and the like.
本公开还提供一种程序产品,该程序产品包括可执行计算机程序,该可执行计算机程序存储在可读存储介质中。调度设备或仓储系统或机器人的至少一个处理器可以从可读存储介质读取该计算机程序,至少一个处理器执行该计算机程序使得料箱盘点装置实施上述各种实施方式提供的料箱盘点方法。The present disclosure also provides a program product including an executable computer program stored in a readable storage medium. At least one processor of the dispatching equipment, storage system or robot can read the computer program from the readable storage medium, and the at least one processor executes the computer program so that the bin inventory device implements the bin inventory methods provided in the above-mentioned various embodiments.
在本公开所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的设备和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的设备实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个模块可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或模块的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present disclosure, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple modules can be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的模块可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为模块显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。The modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as modules may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本公开各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个模块单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个单元中。上述模块成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present disclosure may be integrated into one processing unit, each module may exist separately physically, or two or more modules may be integrated into one unit. The units formed by the above modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
上述以软件功能模块的形式实现的集成的模块,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。上述软件功能模块存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(英文:processor)执行本公开各个实施例所述方法的部分步骤。The above-mentioned integrated modules implemented in the form of software function modules can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The above-mentioned software function modules are stored in a storage medium, and include several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor (English: processor) to execute the functions described in various embodiments of the present disclosure. part of the method.
应理解,上述处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,简称CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,简称DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,简称ASIC)等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本公开所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。It should be understood that the above-mentioned processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, referred to as DSP), application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, referred to as ASIC) and so on. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the present disclosure may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
存储器可能包含高速RAM存储器,也可能还包括非易失性存储NVM,例如至少一个磁盘存储器,还可以为U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、磁盘或光盘等。The storage may include a high-speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile storage NVM, such as at least one disk storage, and may also be a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
总线可以是工业标准体系结构(Industry Standard Architecture,简称ISA)总线、外部设备互连(Peripheral Component,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准体系结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,简称EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,本公开附图中的总线并不限定仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The bus can be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component (PCI) bus, or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, the buses in the drawings of the present disclosure are not limited to only one bus or one type of bus.
上述存储介质可以是由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM),可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。The above-mentioned storage medium can be realized by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable In addition to programmable read-only memory (EPROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic memory, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,简称ASIC)中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于电子设备或主控设备中。An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASIC for short). Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist in the electronic device or the main control device as discrete components.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中。该程序在执行时,执行包括上述各方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps for implementing the above method embodiments can be completed by program instructions and related hardware. The aforementioned program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it executes the steps including the above-mentioned method embodiments; and the aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本公开的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本公开进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本公开各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that: the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present disclosure, not to limit them; although the present disclosure has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: It is still possible to modify the technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments, or perform equivalent replacements for some or all of the technical features; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the technical solutions of the various embodiments of the present disclosure. scope.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种料箱盘点方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于调度设备,所述方法包括:A method for taking inventory of material bins, characterized in that the method is applied to scheduling equipment, and the method includes:
    生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至盘点机器人,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列;Generating an inventory instruction for the inventory area, and sending the inventory instruction to the inventory robot, the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to inventory the inventory area, so as to obtain the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, wherein, The inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, and the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes;
    接收所述盘点数据;receiving said inventory data;
    根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。According to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area, it is judged whether there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述料箱识别码队列由所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码去重后得到。The method according to claim 1, wherein the queue of bin identification codes is obtained by deduplicating all bin identification codes collected by the inventory robot in the inventory area.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes:
    当所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码均存在于所述料箱识别码队列中时,则确定所述盘点区域不存在所述待检查库位。When all the bin identification codes corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data exist in the bin identification code queue, it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked does not exist in the inventory area.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes:
    根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的库存数据中是否存在缺失料箱识别码;According to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, determine whether there is a missing bin identification code in the inventory data in the inventory area;
    若所述盘点区域的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;If there is a missing material box identification code in the inventory data of the inventory area, it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked exists in the inventory area;
    其中,缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述料箱识别码队列。Wherein, the missing container identification code does not exist in the queue of container identification codes.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,与所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位。The method according to claim 4, wherein the storage location to be checked comprises: in the inventory data, a storage location corresponding to the missing container identification code.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待检查库位包括:在所述库存数据中,所述缺失料箱识别码对应的库位附近预设范围内的库位。The method according to claim 4, wherein the location to be checked includes: in the inventory data, a location within a preset range near the location corresponding to the missing container identification code.
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,确定所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein, according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area, determining whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes:
    根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的料箱识别码队列中是否存在错放料箱识别码;According to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, it is judged whether there is a misplaced bin identification code in the bin identification code queue in the inventory area;
    若所述料箱识别码队列中存在错放料箱识别码,则确定所述盘点区域存在所述待检查库位;If there is a misplaced material box identification code in the material box identification code queue, it is determined that the warehouse location to be checked exists in the inventory area;
    其中,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述库存数据中所述盘点区域对应的各料箱识别码中,且所述错放料箱识别码在所述库存数据中对应的库位与所述盘点区域的距离超过第一预设距离;所述待检查库位包括在所述盘点数据中所述错放料箱识别码对应的库位或单元。Wherein, the misplaced material box identification code does not exist in each material box identification code corresponding to the inventory area in the inventory data, and the misplaced material box identification code is in the corresponding warehouse location in the inventory data The distance from the inventory area exceeds a first preset distance; the storage location to be checked includes the storage location or unit corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域以盘点单元为单位进行盘点,所述盘点单元包括多个库位;The method according to claim 1, wherein the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to perform an inventory in the inventory area in units of inventory units, and the inventory unit includes a plurality of warehouse locations;
    所述料箱识别码队列由多个料箱识别码集合组成,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应。The bin identification code queue is composed of a plurality of bin identification code sets, and the bin identification code sets are in one-to-one correspondence with the inventory units.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置为间断地开启;所述料箱识别装置在移动至对应的盘点单元的预设位置时被开启,所述料箱识别码集合由每次开启时采集到的料箱识别码组成。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is intermittently turned on; the bin The identification device is turned on when it moves to the preset position of the corresponding inventory unit, and the set of bin identification codes is composed of bin identification codes collected each time it is turned on.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,若相邻采集到的两个料箱识别码所对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on, and if the adjacent collected If the difference between the collection time points corresponding to the two bin identification codes is less than the preset value, the two bin identification codes are classified into the same bin identification code set.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述盘点机器人在基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点时,所述料箱识别装置为间断或持续地开启,若相邻采集到的两个料箱识别码被采集时所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则所述两个料箱识别码被归入同一个料箱识别码集合。The method according to claim 8, characterized in that, when the inventory robot performs an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device is intermittently or continuously turned on, and if the adjacent collected When the two bin identification codes are collected, the distance between the positions of the bin identification device is less than the preset distance, and the two bin identification codes are classified into the same bin identification code set.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述料箱识别装置的位置包括所述料箱识别装置的高度及所述盘点机器人的位置坐标中的至少一项。The method according to claim 11, wherein the position of the bin identification device includes at least one of the height of the bin identification device and the position coordinates of the inventory robot.
  13. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes:
    对于所述盘点区域中的每一盘点单元,当所述盘点单元在所述库存数据中对应的料箱识别码均存在于与所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别集合中,则确定所述盘点单元不存在所述待检查库位;For each inventory unit in the inventory area, when the bin identification code corresponding to the inventory unit in the inventory data exists in the bin identification set corresponding to the inventory unit, then determine the inventory The unit does not exist in the storage location to be checked;
    若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元均不存在所述待检查库位,则确定所述盘点区域不存在待检查库位。If there is no storage location to be checked in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is no storage location to be checked in the inventory area.
  14. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes:
    根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第一单元;According to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, determine whether there is a first unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area;
    若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第一单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;If the first unit exists in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area;
    其中,所述第一单元为对应的库存数据中存在缺失料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述缺失料箱识别码不存在于所述第一单元对应的料箱识别码集合中,所述待检查库位包括所述第一单元对应的各个库位。Wherein, the first unit is an inventory unit with a missing bin identification code in the corresponding inventory data, and the missing bin identification code does not exist in the bin identification code set corresponding to the first unit, and the waiting The inspection location includes each location corresponding to the first unit.
  15. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein, according to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, judging whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area includes:
    根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域对应的所述库存数据,判断所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中是否存在第二单元;According to the inventory data and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area, determine whether there is a second unit in each inventory unit in the inventory area;
    若所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元中存在所述第二单元,则确定所述盘点区域存在待检查库位;If the second unit exists in each inventory unit in the inventory area, it is determined that there is a stock location to be checked in the inventory area;
    其中,所述第二单元为对应的料箱识别集合中存在错放料箱识别码的盘点单元,所述错放料箱识别码不存在于所述第二单元对应的库存数据中,且所述错放料箱识别码在库存数据中对应的库位与所述第二单元的距离超过第二预设距离,所述待检查库位包括第二单元对应的各个库位。Wherein, the second unit is an inventory unit for which there is a misplaced bin identification code in the corresponding bin identification set, and the misplaced bin identification code does not exist in the inventory data corresponding to the second unit, and the The distance between the storage location corresponding to the misplaced bin identification code in the inventory data and the second unit exceeds a second preset distance, and the storage location to be checked includes each storage location corresponding to the second unit.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述盘点数据来自至少两个盘点机器人,且所述至少两个盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点的盘点顺序及盘点路径中的至少一项不同。The method according to claim 1, wherein the inventory data comes from at least two inventory robots, and at least one of the inventory sequence and the inventory path of the at least two inventory robots for the inventory area different.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述料箱识别装置为电子标签识别装置或图像识别装置。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, characterized in that the bin identification device is an electronic label identification device or an image identification device.
  18. 一种盘点料箱的方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于盘点机器人,所述方法包括:A method for counting material boxes, characterized in that the method is applied to an inventory robot, and the method includes:
    接收盘点区域的盘点指令,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点;receiving an inventory counting instruction for the inventory area, where the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to inventory the inventory area;
    基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generating inventory data corresponding to the inventory area;
    发送所述盘点数据;sending said inventory data;
    其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列,所述盘点数据用于与所述盘点区域的库存数据相比对,以判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes, and the inventory data is used for comparison with the inventory data in the inventory area to determine whether there is a waiting list in the inventory area. Check the location.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,包括:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that, based on the inventory instruction, the inventory area is inventoried, and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area is generated, including:
    基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点;performing an inventory on the inventory area based on the inventory instruction;
    对所述盘点区域进行盘点所采集到的所有料箱识别码进行去重处理,得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据。Deduplication processing is performed on all bin identification codes collected in the inventory area to obtain inventory data corresponding to the inventory area.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,包括:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that, based on the inventory instruction, the inventory area is inventoried, and the inventory data corresponding to the inventory area is generated, including:
    基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码;Controlling the bin identification device of the inventory robot based on the inventory instruction, collecting the bin identification codes of the bins placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area in units of inventory units;
    根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合;According to the collected bin identification codes, a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units is obtained;
    基于所述盘点区域的各个盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;Generate inventory data corresponding to the inventory area based on the set of bin identification codes corresponding to each inventory unit in the inventory area;
    其中,所述盘点单元包括一个或多个库位,所述料箱识别码集合与所述盘点单元一一对应。Wherein, the counting unit includes one or more warehouse locations, and the set of bin identification codes corresponds to the counting unit one by one.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,基于所述盘点指令控制所述盘点机器人的料箱识别装置,以盘点单元为单位采集所述盘点区域各个盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码,包括:The method according to claim 20, characterized in that, based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is controlled to collect the bins of the bins placed in each inventory unit in the inventory area in units of inventory units Identification code, including:
    针对每个盘点单元,基于所述盘点指令在移动至所述盘点单元的预设位置时,开启所述盘点机器人的所述料箱识别装置,采集所述盘点单元内放置的料箱的料箱识别码。For each inventory unit, when moving to the preset position of the inventory unit based on the inventory instruction, the bin identification device of the inventory robot is turned on to collect the bins of the bins placed in the inventory unit Identifier.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein, according to the collected bin identification codes, obtaining a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units includes:
    若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的采集时间点的差值小于预设值,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。If the difference between the collected time points corresponding to two adjacent material box identification codes collected is less than a preset value, then the two material box identification codes are classified into the same material box identification code set.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,根据采集的料箱识别码,得到各个所述盘点单元对应的料箱识别码集合,包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein, according to the collected bin identification codes, obtaining a set of bin identification codes corresponding to each of the inventory units includes:
    若采集的相邻两个料箱识别码对应的所述料箱识别装置的位置的距离小于预设距离,则将所述两个料箱识别码归入同一个料箱识别码集合。If the distance between the positions of the container identification device corresponding to two collected adjacent container identification codes is less than a preset distance, then the two container identification codes are classified into the same container identification code set.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述料箱识别装置的位置包括所述料箱识别装置的高度及所述盘点机器人的位置坐标中的至少一项。The method according to claim 23, wherein the position of the bin identification device includes at least one of the height of the bin identification device and the position coordinates of the inventory robot.
  25. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, further comprising:
    若采集的料箱标识码的强度值低于预设强度,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。If the intensity value of the collected material box identification code is lower than the preset intensity, the material box identification code is deleted from the corresponding material box identification code set.
  26. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, further comprising:
    确定所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置;Determine the location corresponding to the collected bin identification code;
    若所采集的料箱标识码对应的位置超出对应的盘点单元的范围,则从对应的料箱识别码集合中删除所述料箱识别码。If the position corresponding to the collected material box identification code exceeds the range of the corresponding inventory unit, then delete the material box identification code from the corresponding material box identification code set.
  27. 一种料箱盘点装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于调度设备,所述装置包括:A material box inventory device, characterized in that the device is applied to scheduling equipment, and the device includes:
    指令发送模块,用于生成盘点区域的盘点指令,并将所述盘点指令发送至盘点机器人,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点,以得到所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据,其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列;An instruction sending module, configured to generate an inventory instruction for an inventory area, and send the inventory instruction to an inventory robot, where the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to perform an inventory of the inventory area, so as to obtain the inventory corresponding to the inventory area. The inventory data, wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of storage locations, and the inventory data includes a bin identification code queue;
    盘点数据接收模块,用于接收所述盘点数据;An inventory data receiving module, configured to receive the inventory data;
    异常判定模块,用于根据所述盘点数据和所述盘点区域的库存数据,判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。The abnormality determination module is configured to determine whether there is a storage location to be checked in the inventory area according to the inventory data and the inventory data in the inventory area.
  28. 一种料箱盘点装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于盘点机器人,所述装置包括:A material box inventory device, characterized in that the device is applied to an inventory robot, and the device includes:
    指令接收模块,用于接收盘点区域的盘点指令,所述盘点指令用于控制所述盘点机器人对所述盘点区域进行盘点;An instruction receiving module, configured to receive an inventory instruction in an inventory area, and the inventory instruction is used to control the inventory robot to perform an inventory in the inventory area;
    盘点数据生成模块,用于基于所述盘点指令对所述盘点区域进行盘点,生成所述盘点区域对应的盘点数据;An inventory data generating module, configured to perform an inventory of the inventory area based on the inventory instruction, and generate inventory data corresponding to the inventory area;
    盘点数据发送模块,用于发送所述盘点数据;An inventory data sending module, configured to send the inventory data;
    其中,所述盘点区域包括多个库位,所述盘点数据包括料箱识别码队列,所述盘点数据用于与所述盘点区域的库存数据相比对,以判断所述盘点区域是否存在待检查库位。Wherein, the inventory area includes a plurality of warehouse locations, the inventory data includes a queue of bin identification codes, and the inventory data is used for comparison with the inventory data in the inventory area to determine whether there is a waiting list in the inventory area. Check the location.
  29. 一种调度设备,其特征在于,包括:A scheduling device, characterized in that it includes:
    存储器和至少一个处理器;memory and at least one processor;
    所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;the memory stores computer-executable instructions;
    所述至少一个处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述至少一个处理器执行如权利要求1-17任一项所述的料箱盘点方法。The at least one processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the at least one processor executes the bin inventory method according to any one of claims 1-17.
  30. 一种盘点机器人,其特征在于,包括:An inventory robot, characterized in that it comprises:
    移动底盘和盘点模块;Mobile chassis and inventory modules;
    所述盘点模块用于执行如权利要求18-26任一项所述的料箱盘点方法。The inventory module is used to implement the bin inventory method according to any one of claims 18-26.
  31. 一种仓储系统,其特征在于,包括存储货架、权利要求29所述调度设备或仓储系统以及权利要求30所述的盘点机器人。A warehousing system, characterized by comprising storage shelves, the dispatching equipment or warehousing system as claimed in claim 29, and the inventory robot as claimed in claim 30.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当处理器执行所述计算机执行指令时,实现如权利要求1-26任一项所述的料箱盘点方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer-executable instructions, and when the processor executes the computer-executable instructions, the method described in any one of claims 1-26 is realized. Box inventory method.
  33. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-26任一项所述的料箱盘点方法。A computer program product, comprising a computer program, characterized in that, when the computer program is executed by a processor, the bin inventory method according to any one of claims 1-26 is realized.
PCT/CN2023/071558 2022-01-29 2023-01-10 Material box stocktaking method and apparatus, dispatching device, robot, and warehousing system WO2023143048A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210111556.2 2022-01-29
CN202210111556.2A CN114348522B (en) 2022-01-29 Material box checking method, device, scheduling equipment, robot and warehousing system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023143048A1 true WO2023143048A1 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=81093304

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/071558 WO2023143048A1 (en) 2022-01-29 2023-01-10 Material box stocktaking method and apparatus, dispatching device, robot, and warehousing system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202332640A (en)
WO (1) WO2023143048A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9637310B1 (en) * 2016-08-02 2017-05-02 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Mobile robot group for moving an item
CN109264275A (en) * 2018-09-20 2019-01-25 深圳蓝胖子机器人有限公司 Intelligent repository management method, device and storage medium based on robot
CN111158360A (en) * 2019-12-13 2020-05-15 深圳市优必选科技股份有限公司 Inspection robot and control method thereof
CN113859847A (en) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-31 深圳市海柔创新科技有限公司 Storage checking method and storage system
CN114348516A (en) * 2022-01-29 2022-04-15 深圳市海柔创新科技有限公司 Material box checking method and device, scheduling equipment, storage system and storage medium
CN114348522A (en) * 2022-01-29 2022-04-15 深圳市库宝软件有限公司 Material box checking method and device, scheduling equipment, robot and warehousing system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9637310B1 (en) * 2016-08-02 2017-05-02 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Mobile robot group for moving an item
CN109264275A (en) * 2018-09-20 2019-01-25 深圳蓝胖子机器人有限公司 Intelligent repository management method, device and storage medium based on robot
CN111158360A (en) * 2019-12-13 2020-05-15 深圳市优必选科技股份有限公司 Inspection robot and control method thereof
CN113859847A (en) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-31 深圳市海柔创新科技有限公司 Storage checking method and storage system
CN114348516A (en) * 2022-01-29 2022-04-15 深圳市海柔创新科技有限公司 Material box checking method and device, scheduling equipment, storage system and storage medium
CN114348522A (en) * 2022-01-29 2022-04-15 深圳市库宝软件有限公司 Material box checking method and device, scheduling equipment, robot and warehousing system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202332640A (en) 2023-08-16
CN114348522A (en) 2022-04-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109264275B (en) Robot-based intelligent warehouse management method and device and storage medium
AU2017301537B2 (en) Collaborative inventory monitoring
US10467587B2 (en) Method for tracking placement of products on shelves in a store
CN110443093B (en) Intelligent-oriented infrared digital panoramic system and warehouse management method thereof
US20200231386A1 (en) Systems and methods for automated guided vehicle control
CN114348516B (en) Material box checking method, device, scheduling equipment, warehousing system and storage medium
CN109685425B (en) CPS-based visual real object automatic inventory making system
WO2022095835A1 (en) Warehousing management system and method
CN105129308A (en) Intelligent warehouse system
CN110733825A (en) automatic storage system and operation method thereof
CN113859847B (en) Storage checking method and storage system
CN113619968A (en) Automatic unmanned automatic handling system of discernment
CN103472066A (en) Full-automatic detection system and full-automatic detection method for sustainability of RFID (radio frequency identification device) logistic flat trays
WO2022268113A1 (en) Obstacle avoidance method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2022222801A1 (en) Warehousing management method and apparatus, warehousing robot, warehousing system, and medium
CN110909839A (en) Archive management system based on robot
WO2023143048A1 (en) Material box stocktaking method and apparatus, dispatching device, robot, and warehousing system
CN114408423A (en) Inventory method, robot and warehousing system for goods on goods shelf
CN114348522B (en) Material box checking method, device, scheduling equipment, robot and warehousing system
CN115293680A (en) Warehouse management method, electronic device and storage medium
WO2021136407A1 (en) Cargo handling system and cargo handling method
CN219916366U (en) Management system of stock position logistics
CN114433490A (en) Method, system and storage medium for detecting sorting abnormity of articles
CN113998359A (en) Data verification method, device and equipment, logistics system and storage medium
CN113313446B (en) Container management and control method, system, control equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23745931

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1